[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20160145254A1 - Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent - Google Patents

Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160145254A1
US20160145254A1 US14/749,966 US201514749966A US2016145254A1 US 20160145254 A1 US20160145254 A1 US 20160145254A1 US 201514749966 A US201514749966 A US 201514749966A US 2016145254 A1 US2016145254 A1 US 2016145254A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
compound
alkyl group
pharmaceutically acceptable
solvate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/749,966
Inventor
Ikuo Mitani
Yosuke Ogoshi
Takuya Matsui
Masahiro Yokota
Masakazu Terashita
Dai Motoda
Kazuhito Ueyama
Hiroyuki Abe
Takahiro Hotta
Takashi Ito
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Japan Tobacco Inc
Original Assignee
Japan Tobacco Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Japan Tobacco Inc filed Critical Japan Tobacco Inc
Priority to US14/749,966 priority Critical patent/US20160145254A1/en
Publication of US20160145254A1 publication Critical patent/US20160145254A1/en
Assigned to JAPAN TOBACCO INC. reassignment JAPAN TOBACCO INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ABE, HIROYUKI, HOTTA, TAKAHIRO, ITO, TAKASHI, MATSUI, TAKUYA, MITANI, IKUO, MOTODA, DAI, OGOSHI, YOSUKE, TERASHITA, MASAKAZU, UEYAMA, KAZUHITO, YOKOTA, MASAHIRO
Priority to US16/560,156 priority patent/US20200017492A1/en
Assigned to JAPAN TOBACCO INC. reassignment JAPAN TOBACCO INC. CHANGE OF ADDRESS Assignors: JAPAN TOBACCO INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel triazolopyridine compound having a prolyl hydroxylase (hereinafter to be also referred to as “PHD”) inhibitory action and an erythropoietin (hereinafter also referred to as “EPO”) production-inducing ability.
  • PLD prolyl hydroxylase
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • the present invention also relates to a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor (hereinafter to be also referred to as “PHD inhibitor”) and an erythropoietin production-inducing agent (hereinafter to be also referred to as “EPO production-inducing agent”), each containing the triazolopyridine compound.
  • Anemia refers to a condition showing low levels of red blood cell and hemoglobin in the blood.
  • the symptoms thereof are derived from oxygen deficiency due to decreased number of red blood cells, or changes of the circulation dynamics due to increased breathing rate and cardiac rate to compensate for the oxygen deficiency, and include “general sick feeling”, “easily-fatigued”, “short breath”, “palpitation”, “heaviness of the head”, “dizziness”, “bad complexion”, “shoulder stiffness”, “difficulty in awakening in the morning” and the like.
  • anemia includes anemia due to hematopoiesis abnormality in the bone marrow, anemia due to shortage of iron, vitamin B 12 or folic acid, bleeding during accident or operation, anemia associated with chronic inflammation (autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.), anemia associated with endocrine diseases (hypothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.), anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure, anemia associated with ulcer, anemia associated with hepatic diseases, senile anemia, drug-induced anemia, renal anemia (anemia associated with renal failure), anemia associated with chemical therapy, and the like.
  • chronic inflammation autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.
  • endocrine diseases hyperothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.
  • anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure anemia associated with ulcer, anemia associated
  • Renal anemia is treated with an erythropoiesis stimulating agent (ESA). Renal anemia is mainly caused by decreased EPO production in the interstitial cells in the periphery of renal tubule of the kidney. It is an application wherein gene recombinant human erythropoietin is highly often used for supplement of EPO. Gene recombinant human erythropoietin has strikingly reduced the number of patients in need of periodic blood transfusion, improved various symptoms associated with anemia and greatly contributed to the improvement of ADL (Activities of daily living) and QOL (Quality of Life). On the other hand, being a biological preparation, it is expensive and requires high medical expenses.
  • ESA erythropoiesis stimulating agent
  • HIF Hypoxia Inducible Factor
  • ⁇ -subunit since ⁇ -subunit is not subject to hydroxylation by PHD under low oxygen conditions, it is not ubiquitinated but bound to an intranuclear hypoxia response element (HRE) to promote transcription of EPO present at the downstream of HIF. Therefore, inhibition of the activity of PHD results in the prevention of ubiquitination of HIF and stabilization thereof. Consequently, the EPO production is increased.
  • HRE intranuclear hypoxia response element
  • Examples of the diseases expected to be improved by inhibiting PHD to stabilize HIF include ischemic cardiac diseases (angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.), ischemic cerebrovascular disorders (cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.), chronic renal failures (ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.), diabetic complications (diabetic wound etc.), cognitive impairments (dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease etc.) and the like.
  • ischemic cardiac diseases angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.
  • ischemic cerebrovascular disorders cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.
  • chronic renal failures ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.
  • diabetic complications diabetic wound etc.
  • cognitive impairments disementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease
  • a medicament inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase promotes production of erythropoietin (EPO) and is effective for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO, particularly for the treatment of anemia.
  • the present invention aims to provide a medicament having a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action.
  • the present invention aims to provide a medicament having EPO production-inducing ability.
  • the present inventors have found a compound having a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action and EPO production-inducing ability, and completed the present invention.
  • PLD prolyl hydroxylase
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group, (3) a C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B, (5) a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B, (6) a heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom), (7) a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group (wherein C 6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B), or (8) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-6
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently (1) a hydrogen atom, or (2) a C 1-6 alkyl group, group B: (a) a halogen atom, (b) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, (d) a cyano group, and (e) a halo-C 1-6 alkyl group.
  • R 2 is (1) a C 1-10 alkyl group, (2) a C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (3) a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group (wherein C 6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-6 alkyl group (wherein C 3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • R 41 and R 51 are each independently (1) a hydrogen atom, or (2) a C 1-6 alkyl group group B: (a) a halogen atom, (b) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, (d) a cyano group, and (e) a halo-C 1-6 alkyl group.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (hereinafter to be also referred to as “the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention”).
  • a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • An erythropoietin production-inducing agent comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • a therapeutic agent for anemia comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • a therapeutic agent for renal anemia comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • [31] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor.
  • [32] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of an erythropoietin production-inducing agent.
  • [34] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of a therapeutic agent for renal anemia.
  • a method of inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
  • a method of inducing erythropoietin production comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
  • a method of treating anemia comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
  • a method of treating renal anemia comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
  • a commercial package comprising the pharmaceutical composition described in the above-mentioned [26] and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
  • a kit comprising the pharmaceutical composition described in the above-mentioned [26] and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
  • halogen atom is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • the “C 1-10 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, preferably a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 7.
  • the “C 1-6 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, preferably a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • C 1-10 alkyl group and having a carbon number of 1 to 6 can be mentioned.
  • the “C 1-3 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • those exemplified as the above-mentioned alkyl group and having a carbon number of 1 to 3 can be mentioned.
  • the “C 6-14 aryl group” is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 14.
  • a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, an indenyl group, an azulenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pentalenyl group and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to a phenyl group.
  • the “C 3-8 cycloalkyl group” is a saturated cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, preferably 3 to 5, and, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the “C 3-5 cycloalkyl group” is a saturated cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 5.
  • those exemplified as the above-mentioned “C 3-8 cycloalkyl group” and having a carbon number of 3 to 5 can be mentioned.
  • the “C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group” is a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group wherein the C 6-14 aryl moiety thereof is the “C 6-14 aryl group” defined above and the C 1-6 alkyl moiety thereof is the “C 1-6 alkyl group” defined above, with preference given to a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group wherein the C 1-6 alkyl moiety is a straight chain C 1-6 alkyl group.
  • Examples of the C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group include a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group, a phenylpentyl group, a phenylhexyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, a naphthylpropyl group, a naphthylbutyl group, a naphthylpentyl group, a naphthylhexyl group, an anthrylmethyl group, an indenylmethyl group, an azulenylmethyl group, a fluorenylmethyl group, a phenanthrylmethyl group, a pentalenylmethyl group and the like.
  • the “C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-6 alkyl group” is a C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-6 alkyl group wherein the C 3-8 cycloalkyl moiety thereof is the “C 3-8 cycloalkyl group” defined above and the C 1-6 alkyl moiety thereof is the “C 1-6 alkyl group” defined above.
  • Examples thereof include a cyclopropylmethyl group, a cyclopropylethyl group, a cyclopropylpropyl group, a cyclopropylbutyl group, a cyclopropylpentyl group, a cyclopropylhexyl group, a cyclobutylmethyl group, a cyclobutylethyl group, a cyclobutylpropyl group, a cyclobutylbutyl group, a cyclobutylpentyl group, a cyclobutylhexyl group, a cyclopentylmethyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, a cyclopentylpropyl group, a cyclopentylbutyl group, a cyclopentylpentyl group, a cyclopentylhexyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group, a cyclopen
  • the “C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group” is a cycloalkenyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8 and contains at least one, preferably 1 or 2, double bonds.
  • heteroaryl group is an aromatic heterocycle having, as ring-constituting atom besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom, wherein the number of ring-constituting atom is 3 to 14, including monocycle and fused ring.
  • the “monocyclic heteroaryl group” is a monocyclic heteroaryl group preferably having 1 to 4 hetero atoms and, for example, a thienyl group (e.g., thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl), a furyl group (e.g., furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl etc.), a pyrrolyl group (e.g., 2-Pyrroline-1-yl group, 3-Pyrroline-3-yl etc.), an oxazolyl group (e.g., oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl etc.), an isoxazolyl group (e.g., isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl etc.), a thiazolyl group (e.g., thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4
  • fused heteroaryl group examples include a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a quinoxalyl group, a phthalazinyl group, a cinnolinyl group, a naphthyridinyl group, an indolyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, an indolinyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzodioxinyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a tetrahydroquinolyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a dihydrobenzothienyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, an indenothiazolyl group, a tetrahydrobenzothiazolyl group, a 5,7-di
  • halo-C 1-6 alkyl group is a “C 1-6 alkyl group” defined above, which is substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 halogen atoms, and, for example, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, bromomethyl, chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, bromoethyl, chloropropyl, fluoropropyl, bromopropyl and the like can be mentioned.
  • the “group B” includes the following substituent groups (a) to (e).
  • the “C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C 6-14 aryl group” defined above, which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C 6-14 aryl group.
  • the substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • the “C 3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C 3-8 cycloalkyl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl group.
  • the substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • the “C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group.
  • the substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B is the “heteroaryl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted heteroaryl group.
  • the substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • R 1 is preferably
  • a C 1-3 alkyl group e.g., methyl
  • C 6-14 aryl group e.g., phenyl
  • a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group e.g., cyclopropyl
  • a C 6-14 aryl e
  • R 1 is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group, (3) a C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (5) a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (6) a heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom), (7) a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group (wherein C 6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above
  • R 2 is preferably
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group, (3) a C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl), (5) a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl), (6) a heteroaryl group (preferably monocyclic heteroaryl group, e.g., thienyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom
  • R 2 is more preferably
  • a C 1-10 alkyl group e.g., ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl
  • a C 6-14 aryl group e.g., phenyl
  • a halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom
  • a halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom
  • R 2 is still more preferably
  • a C 1-6 alkyl group e.g., butyl, pentyl, 1-ethylpropyl
  • phenyl optionally substituted the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from
  • R 2 is particularly preferably butyl, phenylethyl or 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl.
  • R 2 is preferably
  • R 3 is preferably
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom), (3) a C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, pentyl), (4) a C 6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl), or (5) a C 6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C 1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group.
  • a halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom
  • C 1-6 alkyl group e.g., ethyl, pentyl
  • a C 6-14 aryl group e.g., phenyl
  • a C 6-14 aryl e.g., phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group.
  • R 3 is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably each independently
  • a hydrogen atom or (2) a C 1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl).
  • R 4 and R 5 are more preferably both hydrogen atoms.
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group, (3) a C 6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl), (5) a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl), (6) a heteroaryl group (preferably monocyclic heteroaryl group, e.g., thienyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4) hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom (e.g., a sulfur atom)),
  • a C 6-14 aryl-C 1-6 alkyl group (wherein C 6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or (8) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-3 alkyl group (wherein C 3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B);
  • R 4a and R 5a are each independently
  • a hydrogen atom or (2) a C 1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl)] is more preferable.
  • R 1a is a hydrogen atom
  • a halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom
  • R 3a is a hydrogen atom
  • R 4a and R 5a are both hydrogen atoms
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl), (3) a phenyl group, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl), (5) a phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl group, or (6) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl-C 1-6 alkyl group;
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl), (3) a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl) selected from m the above-mentioned group B, (4) a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl), (5) a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl
  • R 41 and R 51 are each independently (1) a hydrogen atom, or (2) a C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl) is preferable.
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a C 1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl).
  • a C 1-10 alkyl group e.g., ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl).
  • a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl
  • substituents e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl
  • B a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group
  • a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group e.g., cyclohexenyl
  • (6) a thienyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents e.g., chlorine atom, methyl
  • phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl group e.g., phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl
  • a hydrogen atom (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom), (3) a C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-pentyl), (4) a phenyl group, or (6) a phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., phenylethyl);
  • a halogen atom e.g., chlorine atom
  • C 1-6 alkyl group e.g., ethyl, n-pentyl
  • a phenyl group e.g., phenylethyl
  • a phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl group e.g., phenylethyl
  • R 41 and R 51 are each independently
  • a hydrogen atom or (2) a C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl), is preferable,
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom, methyl, phenyl, or cyclopropyl
  • R 21 is a hydrogen atom; ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl; phenyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl and trifluoromethyl; cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl; cyclohexenyl; thienyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from chlorine atom and methyl; phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl (the phenyl is optionally substitute
  • R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, ethyl, n-pentyl, phenyl, or phenylethyl;
  • the compounds described in Examples 1-122 are preferable, the compounds described in Examples 1, 2, 21, 31, 40, 44, 47, 52, 60, 74, 79, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121 and 122 are particularly preferable.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound represented by the formula [I] may be any salt as long as it forms a nontoxic salt with the compound of the present invention. Examples thereof include salts with inorganic acids, salts with organic acids, salts with inorganic bases, salts with organic bases, salts with amino acids and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with inorganic acid include a salt with hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and the like.
  • salt with organic acid examples include salts with oxalic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, malic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, gluconic acid, ascorbic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with organic base include methylamine, diethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, guanidine, pyridine, picoline, choline, cinchonine, meglumine and the like.
  • salt with amino acid examples include salts with lysine, arginine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like.
  • Each salt can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula [I] with an inorganic base, organic base, inorganic acid, organic acid or amino acid according to a known method.
  • the “solvate” is a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein a molecule of the solvent is coordinated, and also includes hydrates.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate is preferable and includes, for example, hydrate, ethanolate, dimethylsulfoxidate and the like of the compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Specific examples thereof include hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate and monoethanolate of the compound represented by the formula [I], monohydrate of sodium salt, 2/3 ethanolate of dihydrochloride, and the like of the compound represented by the formula [I].
  • the solvate of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be obtained according to a method known per se.
  • the compound represented by the formula [1] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has various isomers.
  • E form and Z form are present as geometric isomers, when an asymmetric carbon atom is present, enantiomer and diastereomer are present as stereoisomers based thereon, and when axial chirality is present, stereoisomers based thereon are present.
  • tautomers can also be present. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses all these isomers and mixtures thereof.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof may be labeled with an isotope (e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 35 S etc.).
  • an isotope e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 35 S etc.
  • a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, each of which is substantially purified, is preferable. More preferred is a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, each of which is purified to have a purity usable as a pharmaceutical product.
  • a prodrug of the compound represented by the formula [I] can also be a useful medicament.
  • the “prodrug” is a derivative of the compound of the present invention having a chemically or metabolically degradable group which, after administration to the body, restores to the original compound by, for example, hydrolysis, solvolysis or decomposition under physiological conditions, and shows inherent efficacy. It includes a noncovalent complex, and a salt. Prodrug is utilized for, for example, improvement of absorption on oral administration, or targeting to a target moiety.
  • modified moiety examples include, in the compound of the present invention, a highly reactive functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group and the like.
  • hydroxyl-modifying group examples include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, an isobutyryl group, a pivaloyl group, a palmitoyl group, a benzoyl group, a 4-methylbenzoyl group, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a dimethylaminomethylcarbonyl group, a sulfo group, an alanyl group, a fumaryl group and the like.
  • sodium salt of 3-carboxybenzoyl group, 2-carboxyethylcarbonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • carboxyl-modifying group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group, a carboxymethyl group, a dimethylaminomethyl group, a 1-(acetyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(ethoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(isopropyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl group, a benzyl group, a phenyl group, an 0-tolyl group, a morpholinoethyl group, an N,N-diethylcarbamoylmethyl group, a
  • amino-modifying group examples include a tert-butyl group, a docosanoyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group, an alanyl group, a hexylcarbamoyl group, a pentylcarbamoyl group, a 3-methylthio-1-(acetylamino)propylcarbonyl group, a 1-sulfo-1-(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a pyrrolidylmethyl group and the like.
  • compositions examples include oral preparations such as tablet, capsule, granule, powder, troche, syrup, emulsion, suspension and the like, and parenteral agents such as external preparation, suppository, injection, eye drop, nasal preparation, pulmonary preparation and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is produced according to a method known in the art of pharmaceutical preparations, by mixing a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof with a suitable amount of at least one kind of pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and the like as appropriate. While the content of the compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof in the pharmaceutical composition varies depending on the dosage form, dose and the like, it is, for example, 0.1 to 100 wt % of the whole composition.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” examples include various organic or inorganic carrier substances conventionally used as preparation materials, for example, excipient, disintegrant, binder, glidant, lubricant and the like for solid preparations, and solvent, solubilizing agent, suspending agent, isotonicity agent, buffering agent, soothing agent and the like for liquid preparations. Where necessary, moreover, additives such as preservative, antioxidant, colorant, sweetening agent and the like are used.
  • excipient examples include lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, D-sorbitol, cornstarch, dextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, crystalline cellulose, carmellose, carmellose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, gum arabic and the like.
  • disintegrant examples include carmellose, carmellose calcium, carmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, crystalline cellulose and the like.
  • binder examples include hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, povidone, crystalline cellulose, sucrose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, carmellose sodium, gum arabic and the like.
  • Examples of the “glidant” include light anhydrous silicic acid, magnesium stearate and the like.
  • lubricant examples include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc and the like.
  • solvent examples include purified water, ethanol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil and the like.
  • Examples of the “solubilizing agents” include propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate and the like.
  • suspending agent examples include benzalkonium chloride, carmellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, propylene glycol, povidone, methylcellulose, glycerol monostearate and the like.
  • isotonicity agent examples include glucose, D-sorbitol, sodium chloride, D-mannitol and the like.
  • buffering agent examples include sodium hydrogenphosphate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium m citrate and the like.
  • Examples of the “soothing agent” include benzyl alcohol and the like.
  • preservative examples include ethyl parahydroxybenzoate, chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, sodium dehydroacetate, sorbic acid and the like.
  • antioxidant examples include sodium sulfite, ascorbic acid and the like.
  • colorant examples include food colors (e.g., Food Color Red No. 2 or 3, Food Color Yellow No. 4 or 5 etc.), ⁇ -carotene and the like.
  • sweetening agent examples include saccharin sodium, dipotassium glycyrrhizinate, aspartame and the like.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has an EPO production-inducing activity due to a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action, and can be used for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO.
  • PLD prolyl hydroxylase
  • anemia includes anemia due to hematopoiesis abnormality in the bone marrow, anemia due to shortage of iron, vitamin B 12 or folic acid, bleeding during accident or operation, anemia associated with chronic inflammation (autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.), anemia associated with endocrine diseases (hypothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.), anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure, anemia associated with ulcer, anemia associated with hepatic diseases, senile anemia, drug-induced anemia, renal anemia (anemia associated with renal failure), anemia associated with chemical therapy, and the like.
  • chronic inflammation autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.
  • anemia associated with endocrine diseases hyperothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.
  • anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure anemia associated with ulcer
  • Examples of the diseases expected to be improved by inhibiting PHD to stabilize HIF include ischemic cardiac diseases (angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.), ischemic cerebrovascular disorders (cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.), chronic renal failures (ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.), diabetic complications (diabetic wound etc.), cognitive impairments (dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease etc.) and the like.
  • ischemic cardiac diseases angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.
  • ischemic cerebrovascular disorders cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.
  • chronic renal failures ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.
  • diabetic complications diabetic wound etc.
  • cognitive impairments disementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease
  • the prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitor and EPO production-inducing agent of the present invention is preferably used as a therapeutic agent for anemia, more preferably a therapeutic agent for renal anemia.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered orally or parenterally (e.g., topical, rectal, intravenous administration etc.) to human as well as mammals other than human (e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, swine, bovine, horse, sheep, monkey etc.).
  • the dose varies depending on the subject of administration, disease, symptom, dosage form, administration route and the like.
  • the daily dose for oral administration to an adult patient is generally within the range of about 1 mg to 1 g, based on the compound of the present invention as the active ingredient. This amount can be administered in one to several portions.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof inhibits PHD and induces production of EPO, it can be used as an active ingredient of a therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for anemia.
  • inhibitor PHD means to specifically inhibit the function of prolyl hydroxylase and eliminate or attenuate the activity. For example, it means to specifically inhibit the function as prolyl hydroxylase based on the conditions in the below-mentioned Experimental Example 1.
  • To “inhibit PHD” preferably means to inhibit human PHD. As a “PHD inhibitor”, preferred is a “human PHD inhibitor”.
  • To “induce production of EPO” means that the production of erythropoietin in the kidney etc. is promoted. For example, it means that the production of erythropoietin is induced based on the conditions of the below-mentioned Experimental Example 2.
  • To “induce production of EPO” preferably means to “induce production of human EPO”.
  • An “EPO production-inducing agent” is preferably a “human EPO production-inducing agent”.
  • the above-mentioned compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof can be used in combination with one or a plurality of other medicaments (hereinafter to be also referred to as a concomitant drug) according to a method generally employed in the medical field (hereinafter to be referred to as combined use).
  • the administration period of the above-mentioned compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, and a concomitant drug is not limited, and they may be administered to an administration subject as combination preparation, or the both preparations may be administered simultaneously or at given intervals.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention and a concomitant drug may be used as a medicament in the form of a kit.
  • the dose of the concomitant drug is similar to the clinically-employed dose and can be appropriately selected according to the subject of administration, disease, symptom, dosage form, administration route, administration time, combination and the like.
  • the administration form of the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, and it only needs to be combined with the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • Examples of the concomitant drug include an agent for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of anemia and the like, and the compound of the present invention can be used in combination.
  • Examples of the “therapeutic agent and/or prophylaxis agent of anemia” include ferrous citrate, iron sulfate and the like.
  • the production methods of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof are specifically explained. However, it is needless to say that the present invention is not limited to such production methods.
  • the order of reactions can be appropriately changed. The reaction can be started from the step or substitution moiety that seems to be reasonable.
  • an appropriate substituent conversion (conversion or further modification of substituent) step may be inserted between respective steps.
  • a reactive functional group is present, protection and deprotection can be appropriately performed.
  • a reagent other than the exemplified reagent can be used as appropriate.
  • a starting compound whose production method is not described is either commercially available or can be prepared easily by a combination of known synthetic reactions.
  • the compound obtained in each step can be purified by a conventional method such as distillation, recrystallization, column chromatography and the like. In some cases, the compound can be applied to the next step without isolation and purification.
  • room temperature means 1-40° C.
  • R 11a and R 11c are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • R 11b is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like
  • X 11a and R 11b are each a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a fluorine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulf
  • Compound [I-1-2] can be obtained by subjecting compound [I-1-1] to metalation according to a conventional method, and introducing a carboxyl group using carbon dioxide. Metalation is performed by reaction with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, which is followed by reaction with carbon dioxide to give compound [I-1-2].
  • organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl
  • Compound [I-1-3] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group into the carboxyl group of compound [I-1-2] according to a conventional method.
  • the protecting group is a tert-butyl group
  • compound [I-1-3] can be obtained by reaction with tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfox
  • Compound [I-1-4] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R 11b into compound [I-1-3] according to a conventional method.
  • a hydroxyl group protected by a benzyl group is introduced, compound [I-1-3] is reacted with benzyl alcohol under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, n-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide and the like in hexane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, whereby compound [I-1-4] can be obtained.
  • a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium carbon
  • Compound [I-1-5] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-4] with hydrazine monohydrate under low temperature to heating conditions in chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [I-1-6] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-5] with an orthoester compound such as trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate and the like or formic acid under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent or without solvent.
  • an acid such as p-toluen
  • Compound [I-1-7] can be obtained by performing an endocyclic rearrangement reaction of compound [I-1-6] at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene
  • Compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-1-7] according to a conventional method.
  • compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by reaction with an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide
  • compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by hydrolyzing compound [I-1-7] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lithium hydroxide and the like in a mixed solvent of water and a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lithium hydroxide and the like
  • a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like.
  • Compound [I-1-9] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group into the carboxyl group of compound [I-1-8] according to a conventional method.
  • a protecting group is an ethyl group
  • compound [I-1-9] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-8] with N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal under low temperature to heating conditions in chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 7 and step 8 may be omitted.
  • R 1 R 2
  • Compound [I-1-10] can be obtained by introducing a leaving group onto the pyridine ring of compound [I-1-9] according to a conventional method. Disubstituted compound [I-1-11] may be obtained.
  • the leaving group is an iodine atom
  • compound [I-1-10] and compound [I-1-11] can be obtained by reaction with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof to perform metalation, followed by reaction with iodine.
  • an organic metal reagent such as
  • R 12a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above. Even when R 2 of [1-2-1] to [1-2-4] is other than the defined substituents, it can be used as long as the defined substituent can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion.
  • Compound [I-2-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R 2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-1-10] according to a conventional method.
  • R 2 is a butyl group
  • compound [I-2-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-10] with butylboronic acid at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like and a base such as potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium phosphate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium hydrogenphosphate, cesium carbonate and the like, by adding a silver salt as necessary such
  • Compound [I-2-2] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-2-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Compound [I-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 ) COOR 12a according to a conventional method.
  • compound [I-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 12a under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a condensing agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or a salt thereof, diphenylphosphoryl azide and the like and, as necessary, N-hydroxysuccinimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, dimethylaminopyridine and the like and, as necessary, adding a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, triethyl
  • Compound [I-2-4] can be obtained by removing hydroxyl-protecting group R 11b of compound [I-2-3] according to a conventional method.
  • R 11b is a benzyl group
  • compound [I-2-4] can be obtained by hydrogenation under room temperature to heating conditions under a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure to under pressurization conditions in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium carbon, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide, platinum carbon, Raney-nickel and the like in hexane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a catalyst such as palladium carbon, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide, platinum carbon, Raney-nickel and the like in hexane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydro
  • Compound [I-2-5] can be obtained in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7, by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-2-4].
  • Compound [I-3-1] can be obtained by introducing substituents R 2 and R 3 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-1-11] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • substituents R 2 and R 3 or a precursor thereof for example, when an alkenyl group is introduced as a precursor of R 2 and R 3 , compound [I-3-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-11] with alkenylboronic acid in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [I-3-2] can be obtained by deprotection of R 11b of compound [I-3-1] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [I-3-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-3-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOH.
  • compound [I-3-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-3-2] with a sodium salt of glycine derivative at room temperature to under heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 2-methoxyethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [I-4-1] can be obtained by stirring compound [I-1-11] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like and a reducing agent such as tri-n-butyltin hydride and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, benzene, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a palladium catalyst such as [1,
  • Compound [I-4-2] can be obtained by substitution of X 11b of compound [I-4-1] by R 3 or a precursor thereof in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [I-4-3] can be obtained by deprotection of R 11b of compound [I-4-2] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [I-4-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-4-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOH or a salt with a metal species thereof in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • Compound [I-5-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R 3 into compound [I-1-10] according to a conventional method.
  • R 3 is a chloro group
  • compound [I-5-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-10] with a chlorinating agent such as hexachloroethane and the like under low temperature conditions in the presence of an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide, lithium diisopropylamide, tert-butoxide and the like in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a chlorinating agent such as hexachloroethane and the like
  • organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium
  • Compound [I-5-2] can be obtained by substituting substituent X 11b of compound [I-5-1] by substituent R 2 or a precursor thereof in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [I-5-3] can be obtained by deprotection of R ub of compound [I-5-2] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [I-5-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-5-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOH or a salt with a metal species thereof in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • R 16a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like
  • R 16b and R 16c are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • X 16a is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, or a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy
  • Compound [I-6-2] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group R 16a into compound [I-6-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 3.
  • Compound [I-6-3] can be obtained by introducing a carboxyl group protected by a protecting group R 16b into compound [I-6-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Compound [I-6-4] can be obtained by introducing substituent R 2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-6-3] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [I-6-5] can be obtained from compound [I-6-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 4.
  • Compound [I-6-6] can be obtained from compound [I-6-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Compound [I-6-7] can be obtained from compound [I-6-6] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 6.
  • Compound [I-6-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-6-7] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Compound [I-6-9] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-6-8] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 16c in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Compound [I-6-10] can be obtained by removing the hydroxyl-protecting group R 16a of compound [I-6-9] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [I-6-11] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-6-10] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • R 17a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • X 17a is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, or a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like.
  • Compound [I-7-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-7-1] with cyanamide in the presence of an organic metal reagent such as nickel(II) acetylacetonate and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • an organic metal reagent such as nickel(II) acetylacetonate and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane,
  • Compound [I-7-3] can be obtained by converting the hydroxyl group of compound [I-7-2] to a leaving group according to a conventional method.
  • compound [I-7-3] can be obtained by chlorinating compound [I-7-2] with thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, triphosgene, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxychloride and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof or without solvent in the presence of, where necessary, a
  • Step 3 Compound [I-7-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-7-3] with N,N-dimethylformamide dialkyl acetal under low temperature to heating conditions in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, and then with hydroxylamine or a hydrochloride thereof.
  • Compound [I-7-5] can be obtained by subjecting compound [I-7-4] to a dehydrating reaction using polyphosphoric acid, thionyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride and the like under low temperature to high temperature conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • R 18a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like
  • R 18b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Compound [I-8-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R 2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-7-5] according to a conventional method in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [I-8-2] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R 18a into compound [I-8-1].
  • compound [I-8-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-8-1] with sodium methoxide under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, or with a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium methoxide, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, n-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in methanol alone or a mixed solvent with hexane, dimethyl s
  • Compound [I-8-3] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-8-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Compound [I-8-4] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-8-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 18b in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Compound [I-8-5] can be obtained by removing the hydroxyl-protecting group R 18a and the carboxyl-protecting group R 18b of compound [I-8-4] according to a conventional method.
  • compound [I-8-5] can be obtained by stirring compound [I-8-4] at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trifluoride-diethyl ether complex, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-
  • R 19a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • R 19b is a metal species forming a salt with carboxylic acid or phenol, such as lithium, sodium, calcium etc., and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Compound [I-9-1] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-8-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Compound [I-9-2] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-9-1] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 19a in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Compound [I-9-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-2] with a base.
  • compound [I-9-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-2] with sodium hydroxide at room temperature to under heating conditions in dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [I-9-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-3] with an acid such as acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • an acid such as acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in dimethyl
  • R 21a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as a benzyl group, an acetyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like
  • R 21b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Compound [II-1-2] can be, obtained by reacting compound [II-1-1] with 2,5-hexanedione under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [II-1-3] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R 21a into compound [II-1-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 3.
  • Compound [II-1-6] can be obtained by introducing a carboxyl group into compound [II-1-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Compound [II-1-7] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group R 21b into the carboxyl group of compound [II-1-6] according to a conventional method.
  • R 21b is an ethyl group
  • compound [II-1-7] can be obtained by reacting compound [II-1-6] with N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal at room temperature to under heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [II-1-8] can be obtained by introducing a substituent R 2 or a precursor thereof into compound [II-1-7] according to a conventional method.
  • compound [II-1-8] can be obtained by reacting compound [II-1-7] with tert-butylacetylene at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like, a base such as potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium phosphate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium hydrogenphosphate, ces
  • Compound [II-1-9] can be obtained by deprotection of the hydroxyl-protecting group R 21a of compound [II-1-8] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [II-1-10] can be obtained from compound [II-1-9] in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • step 4 a production method when R 1 is a hydrogen atom has been described.
  • R 1 is the aforementioned substituent and other than a hydrogen atom
  • N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal substituted by a desired substituent may be used instead of N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in step 4, and step 5 and the following can be performed by a method similar to the method described in this production method.
  • R 31a and R 31d are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • R 31b and R 31c are each an amino-protecting group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyl group and the like
  • X 31a and X 31b are each a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like, and other symbols are as described above.
  • Compound [III-1-2] can be obtained by introducing a leaving group X 31b according to a conventional method into compound [III-1-1] obtained by deprotecting R 11b of compound [I-1-4] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • X 31b is a bromine atom
  • compound [III-1-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [III-1-1] with bromine or N-bromosuccinimide under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Compound [III-1-3] can be obtained by introducing R 31b into compound [III-1-2] according to a conventional method.
  • R 31b is a benzyl group
  • compound [III-1-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [III-1-2] with benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydride, cesium carbonate and the like in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydride, cesium carbonate and the like in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-d
  • [III-1-6] can be obtained, by deprotecting R 31a of compound [III-1-3] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7, converting the compound to acid chloride according to a conventional method, reacting the acid chloride with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 31d in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof to give compound [III-1-4], and reacting the compound with compound [III-1-5] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl
  • Compound [III-1-7] can be obtained from compound [III-1-6] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Compound [III-1-8] can be obtained by deprotection of R 31b of compound [III-1-7] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [III-1-9] can be obtained by removing the amino-protecting group R 31c of compound [III-1-8] according to a conventional method.
  • R 31c is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group
  • compound [III-1-9] can be obtained by stirring under low temperature to room temperature conditions in the presence of an acid such as hydrogen chloride, sulfuric acid, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • an acid such as hydrogen chloride, sulfuric acid, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride,
  • Compound [III-1-10] can be obtained from compound [III-1-9] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Compound [III-1-11] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-1-10] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • R 32a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Compound [III-2-1] can be obtained from compound [I-6-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Compound [III-2-2] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-2-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Compound [III-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [III-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H 2 NC(R 4 )(R 5 )COOR 32a in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Compound [III-2-4] can be obtained by deprotection of R 16a of compound [III-2-3] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [III-2-5] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-2-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • R 41a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like
  • R 41b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like
  • X 41a and X 41b are each a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanes
  • Compound [IV-1-2] can be obtained by converting the leaving group X 41a of compound [IV-1-1] to a formyl group according to a conventional method.
  • Compound [IV-1-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [IV-1-1] with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, and then with N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl
  • Compound [IV-1-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [IV-1-2] with hydrazine having a leaving group X 41b under room temperature to under heating conditions in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, then adding a base such as morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like, and stirring the mixture.
  • a base such as morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like
  • Compound [IV-1-5] can be obtained from compound [IV-1-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Compound [IV-1-6] can be obtained by condensing compound [IV-1-5] with a glycine derivative in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Compound [IV-1-7] can be obtained by deprotection of R 41a of compound [IV-1-6] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Compound [IV-1-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [IV-1-7] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • step 1 a production method when R 1 is a hydrogen atom has been described.
  • R 1 is the aforementioned substituent and other than a hydrogen atom
  • N,N-dimethylformamide substituted by a desired substituent may be used instead of N,N-dimethylformamide in step 1, and step 2 and the following can be performed by a method similar to the method described in this production method.
  • the compound (194 g) obtained in step 1-6 and tetrahydrofuran (600 ml) were mixed under cooling in a dry ice/hexane bath, and a solution of iodine (151 g) in tetrahydrofuran (500 ml) was added dropwise.
  • a solution of iodine (151 g) in tetrahydrofuran (500 ml) was added dropwise.
  • 1.6M lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (788 ml) while preventing a temperature of not less than ⁇ 60° C.
  • 4N hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate (315 ml) was added dropwise while preventing a temperature of not less than ⁇ 60° C.
  • step 1-7 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acid (29 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (5.4 g), potassium phosphate (113 g) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (600 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • step 1-8 The compound (45 g) obtained in step 1-8 and 1,4-dioxane (450 ml) were mixed, and 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (116 ml) was added at room temperature. After stirring at 100° C. for 17 hr, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (450 ml) was added thereto, and the mixture was neutralized with 6N hydrochloric acid (77 ml) under ice-cooling, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (43 g).
  • step 2-3 The compound (3.20 g) obtained in step 2-3 was reacted with glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (1.33 g) by a method similar to Example 1, step 1-10, to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (3.38 g, 81%).
  • step 2-5 The compound (2.28 g) obtained in step 2-5 was hydrolyzed by a method similar to step 1-12, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride according to a conventional method to give the title compound (2.16 g).
  • step 3-1 The carboxyl-protecting group of the compound (53.7 g) obtained in step 3-1 was removed in the same manner as in step 2-2 to give a carboxylic acid form as a mixture (69.8 g, 80%) with methanesulfonic acid (290 mol %).
  • the mixture was treated in the same manner as in step 2-3 to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a mixture (42.8 g, 99%) with methanesulfonic acid (50 mol %).
  • step 3-2 By a method similar to step 1-10, the compound (42.8 g) obtained in step 3-2 was reacted with glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (19.3 g) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (43.5 g, 92%).
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.0 g, 90%) was obtained from the compound (7.2 g) obtained in step 3-3.
  • step 1-12 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (4.56 g) was obtained from the compound (4.94 g) obtained in step 3-4.
  • the compound (3.98 g) obtained in the same manner as in step 1-6 and tetrahydrofuran (40 ml) were mixed, and a solution of iodine (3.4 g) in tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) was added dropwise under cooling with dry ice/denatured ethanol. To this mixture was added dropwise 1M lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (26.8 ml) over 10 min. After stirring as is for 2.5 hr, the reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (40 ml) and water (40 ml) under ice-cooling.
  • step 1-8 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.019 g, 30%) was obtained from the compound (0.1 g) obtained in step 4-1.
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.020 g, 75%) was obtained from the compound (0.036 g) obtained in step 4-2.
  • step 1-8 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.078 g, 109%) was obtained from the compound (0.070 g) obtained in step 5-1.
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.037 g, 72%) was obtained from the compound (0.070 g) obtained in step 5-2.
  • step 3-1 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (71 mg) was obtained from the compound (180 mg) obtained in step 6-1.
  • step 6-2 The compound (70 mg) obtained in step 6-2 and trifluoroacetic acid (1 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. To this reaction mixture was added chloroform and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the concentrated residue was added 4N hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate (1 ml) and the mixture was stirred. Hexane (3 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred. The solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (50 mg, 83%).
  • step 4-4 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (48 mg, 88%) was obtained from the compound (50 mg) obtained in step 6-3.
  • 2,4,6-Trichloropyridine (50 g) and N,N-dimethylformamide (400 ml) were mixed, and sodium hydride (60% oil suspension) (11.5 g) was added by portions under ice-cooling. To this mixture was added dropwise under ice-cooling benzyl alcohol (28 ml) over 40 min, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 3 hr. Water (550 ml) was added dropwise under ice-cooling and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (50 g, 72%).
  • step 1-4 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (11.9 g, 104%) was obtained from the compound (11.5 g) obtained in step 7-4.
  • step 1-6 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (29 mg, 53%) was obtained from the compound (55 mg) obtained in step 7-6.
  • step 7-7 The compound (54 mg) obtained in step 7-7 and chloroform (0.5 ml) were mixed, trifluoroacetic acid (0.22 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was azeotropically distilled with toluene to give a crude product (69 mg) containing the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a main component.
  • the compound obtained in this step was treated in the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-10 to step 1-12, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride by a conventional method to give the title compound.
  • step 1-3 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (58.4 g, 82%) was obtained from the compound (66.6 g) obtained in step 8-1.
  • step 8-2 hydroxylammonium chloride (233 g), ethanol (600 ml) and water (350 ml) were mixed. To this mixture was added dropwise at room temperature triethylamine (46 ml), ethanol (100 ml) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux at a bath temperature of 95° C. for 89 hr. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, and 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (96 ml), 8N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (134 ml) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 ml) were successively added.
  • step 8-3 N,N-dimethylformamide (11 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (11 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred with heating at 130° C. for 15 min. After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the obtained residue were added methanol (58 ml) and pyridine (4.2 ml), and hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid (4.1 g) was added to the mixture under ice-cooling.
  • step 1-1 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.67 g, 49%) was obtained from the compound (10 g) obtained in step 8-4.
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (62 mg, 94%) was obtained from the compound (85 mg) obtained in step 8-7.
  • step 4-4 the title compound was obtained from the compound obtained in this step.
  • step 1-3 The hydroxyl-protecting group of the compound obtained in Example 1, step 1-3 was removed in the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5.
  • a solution of the obtained compound (3.30 g) in chloroform (30 ml) was added under ice-cooling N-bromosuccinimide (2.82 g).
  • the reaction mixture was separated by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 ml).
  • the organic layer was further washed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.37 g) as a crude product.
  • step 9-2 To the compound (610 mg) obtained in step 9-2 was added trifluoroacetic acid (180 ml) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (6 ml) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chloroform (6 ml) was added again to the residue, thionyl chloride (0.18 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide (one drop) were added, and the mixture was heated at 70° C. for 30 min. The obtained solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (540 mg, 98%).
  • step 1-8 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (280 g, 84%) was obtained from the compound (330 mg) obtained in step 9-4.
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (86 mg, 87%) was obtained from the compound (120 mg) obtained in step 9-5.
  • step 9-7 To the compound (41 mg) obtained in step 9-7 was added trimethyl orthoformate (0.41 ml), and the mixture was heated at 100° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in chloroform (1 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 4N hydrochloric acid dioxane solution (1 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was slurried in water to give the title compound (29 mg, 89%).
  • step 9-8 a crude product containing the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a main component was obtained from the compound (0.050 g) obtained in Example 1, step 1-5.
  • step 1-10 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.024 g, 41%) was obtained from the compound obtained in step 10-1.
  • the compound obtained in this step was subjected to removal of the hydroxyl-protecting group and carboxyl-protecting group in the same manner as above, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride by a conventional method to give the title compound.
  • step 11-2 The compound (637 mg) obtained in step 11-2, methanol (6.4 ml) and tosylhydrazide (574 mg) were mixed, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 10 min.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, morpholine (6.4 ml) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 30 min.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and ethyl acetate (12 ml), 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 ml) and water (5 ml) were added. Further, tetrahydrofuran (6 ml) was added and the organic layer was separated.
  • step 11-3 The compound (200 mg) obtained in step 11-3 and tetrahydrofuran (2 ml) were mixed, and lithium diisopropylamide (2M tetrahydrofuran, heptane, ethylbenzene solution, 0.45 ml) was added at ⁇ 40° C. After stirring at ⁇ 40° C. for 1 hr, dry ice was added, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature by stirring for 1 hr. Thereafter, methanol (2 ml) was added, and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a crude product. This was directly used for the next step.
  • lithium diisopropylamide 2M tetrahydrofuran, heptane, ethylbenzene solution, 0.45 ml
  • step 1-10 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (85 mg, 28% (2 step)) was obtained from the crude product obtained in step 11-4.
  • step 2-5 the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (40 mg, 76%) was obtained from the compound (72 mg) obtained in step 11-5.
  • the compound obtained in this step was subjected to removal of the carboxyl group in the same manner as above to give the title compound.
  • step 116-8 The compound (0.19 g) obtained in step 116-8 and water (0.63 ml) were mixed and the mixture was warmed to 50° C. Acetone (0.78 ml) and 6N hydrochloric acid (0.2 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hr. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr, the solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.11 g, 80%).
  • step 116-9 The compound (0.050 g) obtained in step 116-9 and methanol (3 ml) were mixed and the mixture was heated to 60° C. The solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred for one day. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (0.031 g, 61%).
  • step 117-1 The compound (0.043 g) obtained in step 117-1 and methanol (0.22 ml) were mixed, and 28% sodium methoxide methanol solution (0.014 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Water (0.22 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. 1N Hydrochloric acid (0.16 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.026 g, 66%).
  • step 117-4 The compound (0.100 g) obtained in step 117-4 and methyl ethyl ketone (1.0 ml) were mixed, and heated to 80° C. Heptane (1.0 ml) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (0.089 g, 89%).
  • Example 116 or 117 In the same manner as in the above-mentioned Examples 1 to 11, Example 116 or 117, or other conventional methods as necessary, the compounds of Examples 12 to 115 and Examples 118 to 122 shown in the following Tables 3 to 24 were produced.
  • 338 336 38 ( ⁇ 5-[2-(4- cyclopropyl- phenyl)ethyl]- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl ⁇ amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
  • Examples of the Formulation Example of the present invention include the following formulations. However, the present invention is not limited by such Formulation Examples.
  • the total amount of 1), 2), 3) and 30 g of 4) are kneaded with water, vacuum dried and sieved.
  • the sieved powder is mixed with 14 g of 4) and 1 g of 5), and the mixture is tableted by a tableting machine. In this way, 1000 tablets containing 10 mg of the compound of Example 1 per tablet are obtained.
  • Human PHD2 was expressed in insect cell (Sf9 cell). FLAG-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human PHD2-registered sequence (NM_022051), and the sequence was introduced into a pVL1393 vector, and the sequence was confirmed. The vector and baculovirus were cotransfected into Sf9, and human PHD2 expression baculovirus was isolated in Sf9. By using the virus, human PHD2-expressed cell was prepared. After the cell was cultured at 27° C. for 72 hr, cell lysing solution containing various protease inhibitors was added, and the cell was disrupted by sonication.
  • the cell lysate was flowed into a column filled with ANTI-FLAG M2 Affinity Gel Freezer Safe (SIGMA), washed, and the N-terminal FLAG-tag-added human PHD2 was eluted and collected.
  • SIGMA ANTI-FLAG M2 Affinity Gel Freezer Safe
  • the purification product was confirmed to be human PHD2 enzyme by Western-Blotting using an anti-FLAG antibody and an anti-PHD2 antibody.
  • VBC complex (VHL/Elongin B/Elongin C) was expressed in Escherichia coli (BL21(DE3)). GST-fusion was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human VHL-registered sequence (NM_000551). FLAG-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human Elongin B-registered sequence (NM_207013), and the sequences were introduced into a pETDuet-1 vector, and the sequences were confirmed. His-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human Elongin C-registered sequence (NM_005648), and the sequence was introduced into a pRSFDuet-1 vector, and the sequence was confirmed.
  • Escherichia coli was cultured at 37° C. in the medium containing IPTG.
  • the collected Escherichia coli was disrupted by sonication and flowed into a column filled with Ni-NTA superflow (QIAGEN), washed, and the product was eluted and collected.
  • the eluate was flowed into a column filled with Glutathione Sepharose 4B, washed, and the product was eluted and collected.
  • the purification product was confirmed to be human VHL•human Elongin B and human Elongin C by Western-Blotting using an anti-GST antibody•an anti-FLAG antibody and an anti-His antibody.
  • the binding activity of the VBC complex obtained in the aforementioned ii) to 19 residues of Biotin-labeled partial peptide (HIF-1 ⁇ -C19) based on the sequence of HIF-1 ⁇ or Biotin-labeled partial peptide (HIF-1 ⁇ -C19 (Hyp)) wherein proline residue in said sequence is hydroxylated was measured on streptavidin Coated Plate.
  • ELISA using an anti-GST antibody was performed, and binding of VBC complex only to hydroxylated HIF-1 ⁇ partial peptide was confirmed.
  • hydroxylation of proline residue contained in the 19 residues of the partial peptide based on the sequence of HIF-1 ⁇ as a substrate was measured by TR-FRET (Time-Resolved Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer) method.
  • the enzyme and substrate were each diluted with 50 mM tris-hydrochloride buffer (pH 7.5) containing 50 ⁇ M iron sulfate, 120 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM ascorbic acid, 10 ⁇ M 2-oxoglutaric acid, 0.2 mM CHAPS, and the test compound was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • the human PHD inhibitory activity of each compound is shown by IC 50 ( ⁇ M) or as human PHD inhibitory activity (%) at 30 ⁇ M in the following Tables 25 to 29. In these Tables, the values consisting solely of numbers show IC 50 ( ⁇ M) and those containing % show human PHD inhibitory activity (%) at 30 ⁇ m.
  • the activity of the test compound on human EPO production was measured using Hep3B (AMC) established from human liver-derived cell line.
  • Hep3B cells were cultured in Eagle-MEM medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, and the test compound was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Hep3B cells were cultured in a 96-well plate, and a test compound was added at each concentration 24 hr later. After incubation at 37° C. for 24 hr, the culture supernatant was collected. The concentration of human EPO produced in the culture supernatant was measured using a human EPO-ELISA kit (manufactured by StemCell Technologies, 01630) according to the manufacturer's explanation, and the human EPO production activity (%) of the test compound was calculated based on the maximum value of production under the above conditions and the value without addition of the test compound. The human EPO production activity of each compound is shown by EC 50 ( ⁇ M) or as human EPO production activity (%) at 30 ⁇ M in the following Tables 30 to 34. In these Tables, the values consisting solely of numbers show EC 50 ( ⁇ M) and those containing % show human EPO production activity (%) at 30 ⁇ m.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has a human PHD inhibitory activity and a human EPO production activity.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof inhibits binding of HIF and PHD based on its PHD inhibitory activity and stabilizes HIF, which enables promotion of EPO production.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof can be a medicament effective for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO, and can be effectively used for the treatment of anemia.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a triazolopyridine compound having a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory action and an erythropoietin production-inducing ability. The present invention relates to a compound represented by the following formula [I]:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00001
wherein each symbol is as defined in the specification, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, as well as a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent containing the compound. The compound of the present invention shows a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory action and an erythropoietin production-inducing ability and is useful as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of erythropoietin.

Description

    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to a novel triazolopyridine compound having a prolyl hydroxylase (hereinafter to be also referred to as “PHD”) inhibitory action and an erythropoietin (hereinafter also referred to as “EPO”) production-inducing ability. The present invention also relates to a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor (hereinafter to be also referred to as “PHD inhibitor”) and an erythropoietin production-inducing agent (hereinafter to be also referred to as “EPO production-inducing agent”), each containing the triazolopyridine compound.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • EPO is a hormone that promotes growth of red blood cell consisting of 165 amino acids. EPO is mainly produced in the kidney and partly in the liver, and the production thereof increases under low oxygen conditions.
  • Anemia refers to a condition showing low levels of red blood cell and hemoglobin in the blood. The symptoms thereof are derived from oxygen deficiency due to decreased number of red blood cells, or changes of the circulation dynamics due to increased breathing rate and cardiac rate to compensate for the oxygen deficiency, and include “general sick feeling”, “easily-fatigued”, “short breath”, “palpitation”, “heaviness of the head”, “dizziness”, “bad complexion”, “shoulder stiffness”, “difficulty in awakening in the morning” and the like.
  • The cause of anemia is largely divided into low production, promoted destruction and promoted loss of red blood cells, and anemia includes anemia due to hematopoiesis abnormality in the bone marrow, anemia due to shortage of iron, vitamin B12 or folic acid, bleeding during accident or operation, anemia associated with chronic inflammation (autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.), anemia associated with endocrine diseases (hypothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.), anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure, anemia associated with ulcer, anemia associated with hepatic diseases, senile anemia, drug-induced anemia, renal anemia (anemia associated with renal failure), anemia associated with chemical therapy, and the like.
  • In 1989, a gene recombinant human EPO preparation was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for application to renal anemia, anemia associated with AZT treatment of HIV patients, anemia associated with chemical therapy of cancer patients, or for reduction of blood transfusion volume for patients who underwent an operation. Moreover, its application has been spreading to anemia of prematurity and the like.
  • Renal anemia is treated with an erythropoiesis stimulating agent (ESA). Renal anemia is mainly caused by decreased EPO production in the interstitial cells in the periphery of renal tubule of the kidney. It is an application wherein gene recombinant human erythropoietin is highly often used for supplement of EPO. Gene recombinant human erythropoietin has strikingly reduced the number of patients in need of periodic blood transfusion, improved various symptoms associated with anemia and greatly contributed to the improvement of ADL (Activities of daily living) and QOL (Quality of Life). On the other hand, being a biological preparation, it is expensive and requires high medical expenses. In addition, it has a short half-life in blood and requires 2-3 times of intravenous administration per week from the dialysis circuit in hemodialysis patients. Thus, the injection frequency is desired to be decreased to prevent medical accidents, and also from the aspects of the amount of medical practice and waste. Furthermore, for peritoneal dialysis patients and patients with renal failure in predialysis period, for whom subcutaneous administration affording a longer period of duration has been employed, once per one or two weeks of administration is still necessary. In this case, the patients often need to go to the hospital only for the administration of gene recombinant human erythropoietin, causing burden on the patients.
  • Moreover, a long-acting EPO medicament having a prolonged half-life in blood by intravenous injection or subcutaneous injection has been developed by modifying EPO by adding a new sugar chain or PEG chain. However, since only injection preparations have been developed, an orally administrable ESA is desired to prevent medical accidents and reduce burden on patients.
  • Moreover, an orally administrable ESA is expected to be applicable to a wider range of treatments for not only renal anemia but also anemia caused by various causes.
  • As a representative molecule promoting transcription of EPO, Hypoxia Inducible Factor (hereinafter to be also referred to as “HIF”) can be mentioned. HIF is a protein consisting of a heterodimer having an oxygen regulatory α-subunit and a constitutionally-expressed β-subunit, where proline in the α-subunit is hydoxylated by prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) in the presence of oxygen and the resulting α-subunit is bound to von Hippel-Lindau (VHL) protein and ubiquitinated. However, since α-subunit is not subject to hydroxylation by PHD under low oxygen conditions, it is not ubiquitinated but bound to an intranuclear hypoxia response element (HRE) to promote transcription of EPO present at the downstream of HIF. Therefore, inhibition of the activity of PHD results in the prevention of ubiquitination of HIF and stabilization thereof. Consequently, the EPO production is increased.
  • Examples of the diseases expected to be improved by inhibiting PHD to stabilize HIF include ischemic cardiac diseases (angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.), ischemic cerebrovascular disorders (cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.), chronic renal failures (ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.), diabetic complications (diabetic wound etc.), cognitive impairments (dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease etc.) and the like.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention
  • From the findings obtained from the studies heretofore, it has been clarified that a medicament inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) promotes production of erythropoietin (EPO) and is effective for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO, particularly for the treatment of anemia.
  • Accordingly, the present invention aims to provide a medicament having a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action. In addition, the present invention aims to provide a medicament having EPO production-inducing ability.
  • Means of Solving the Problems
  • The present inventors have found a compound having a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action and EPO production-inducing ability, and completed the present invention.
  • More particularly, the present invention provides the following.
  • [1] A compound represented by the following formula [I] (hereinafter to be also referred to as “the compound of the present invention”) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00002
  • wherein
    the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00003
  • is a group represented by any of the following formulas:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00004
      • R1 is
        (1) a hydrogen atom,
        (2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
        (3) a C6-14 aryl group,
        (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
        (5) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
        (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
    R2 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
    (6) a heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom),
    (7) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B);
  • R3 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom,
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (4) a C6-14 aryl group,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
    (6) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group; and
    R4 and R5 are each independently
    (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group, group B:
    (a) a halogen atom,
    (b) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (c) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
    (d) a cyano group, and
    (e) a halo-C1-6 alkyl group.
    [2] The compound described in the above-mentioned [1] wherein the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00005
  • is a group represented by the following formula
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00006
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [3] The compound described in the above-mentioned [1], wherein the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00007
  • is a group represented by the following formula
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00008
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [4] The compound described in the above-mentioned [1], wherein the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00009
  • is a group represented by the following formula
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00010
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [5] The compound described in the above-mentioned [1], wherein the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00011
  • is a group represented by the following formula
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00012
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [6] The compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [5], wherein both R4 and R5 are hydrogen atoms, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [7] The compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [5], wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically to acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [8] The compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [5], wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [9] The compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [5], wherein R2 is
    (1) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (2) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [10] The compound described in the above-mentioned [2], wherein both R4 and R5 are hydrogen atoms, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [11] The compound described in the above-mentioned [10], wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [12] The compound described in the above-mentioned [11], wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [13] The compound described in the above-mentioned [12], wherein R2 is
    (1) a C1-10 alkyl group, or
    (2) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B),
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [14] A compound represented by the following formula [I-1] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00013
  • wherein the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00014
  • is a group represented by any of the following formulas:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00015
  • R11 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (3) a phenyl group,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
    (5) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
    (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
  • R21 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (3) a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group,
    (6) a thienyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
    (7) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein phenyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
  • R31 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom,
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (4) a phenyl group,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
    (6) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group; and
    R41 and R51 are each independently
    (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group group B:
    (a) a halogen atom,
    (b) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (c) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
    (d) a cyano group, and
    (e) a halo-C1-6 alkyl group.
    [15] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00016
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [16] a compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00017
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [17] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00018
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [18] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00019
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [19] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00020
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [20] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00021
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [21] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00022
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [22] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00023
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [23] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00024
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [24] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00025
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [25] A compound represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00026
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [26] A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (hereinafter to be also referred to as “the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention”).
    [27] A prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [28] An erythropoietin production-inducing agent comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [29] A therapeutic agent for anemia comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [30] A therapeutic agent for renal anemia comprising the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
    [31] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor.
    [32] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of an erythropoietin production-inducing agent.
    [33] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of a therapeutic agent for anemia.
    [34] Use of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, for the production of a therapeutic agent for renal anemia.
    [35] A method of inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
    [36] A method of inducing erythropoietin production, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
    [37] A method of treating anemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
    [38] A method of treating renal anemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound described in any of the above-mentioned [1] to [25], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
    [39] A commercial package comprising the pharmaceutical composition described in the above-mentioned [26] and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
    [40] A kit comprising the pharmaceutical composition described in the above-mentioned [26] and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The definition of each substituent or each moiety to be used in the present specification is as follows.
  • The “halogen atom” is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • The “C1-10 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, preferably a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 7. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, an 1-ethylpropyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylbutyl group, a 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, a 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • The “C1-6 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, preferably a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3. For example, those exemplified as the above-mentioned “C1-10 alkyl group” and having a carbon number of 1 to 6 can be mentioned.
  • The “C1-3 alkyl group” is a straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3. For example, those exemplified as the above-mentioned alkyl group and having a carbon number of 1 to 3 can be mentioned.
  • The “C6-14 aryl group” is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 14. For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, an indenyl group, an azulenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pentalenyl group and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to a phenyl group.
  • The “C3-8 cycloalkyl group” is a saturated cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, preferably 3 to 5, and, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • The “C3-5 cycloalkyl group” is a saturated cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 5. For example, those exemplified as the above-mentioned “C3-8 cycloalkyl group” and having a carbon number of 3 to 5 can be mentioned.
  • The “C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group” is a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group wherein the C6-14 aryl moiety thereof is the “C6-14 aryl group” defined above and the C1-6 alkyl moiety thereof is the “C1-6 alkyl group” defined above, with preference given to a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group wherein the C1-6 alkyl moiety is a straight chain C1-6 alkyl group. Examples of the C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group include a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group, a phenylpentyl group, a phenylhexyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, a naphthylpropyl group, a naphthylbutyl group, a naphthylpentyl group, a naphthylhexyl group, an anthrylmethyl group, an indenylmethyl group, an azulenylmethyl group, a fluorenylmethyl group, a phenanthrylmethyl group, a pentalenylmethyl group and the like.
  • The “C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group” is a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group wherein the C3-8 cycloalkyl moiety thereof is the “C3-8 cycloalkyl group” defined above and the C1-6 alkyl moiety thereof is the “C1-6 alkyl group” defined above. Examples thereof include a cyclopropylmethyl group, a cyclopropylethyl group, a cyclopropylpropyl group, a cyclopropylbutyl group, a cyclopropylpentyl group, a cyclopropylhexyl group, a cyclobutylmethyl group, a cyclobutylethyl group, a cyclobutylpropyl group, a cyclobutylbutyl group, a cyclobutylpentyl group, a cyclobutylhexyl group, a cyclopentylmethyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, a cyclopentylpropyl group, a cyclopentylbutyl group, a cyclopentylpentyl group, a cyclopentylhexyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group, a cyclohexylethyl group, a cyclohexylpropyl group, a cyclohexylbutyl group, a cyclohexylpentyl group, a cyclohexylhexyl group, a cycloheptylmethyl group, a cycloheptylethyl group, a cycloheptylpropyl group, a cycloheptylbutyl group, a cycloheptylpentyl group, a cycloheptylhexyl group, a cyclooctylmethyl group, a cyclooctylethyl group, a cyclooctylpropyl group, a cyclooctylbutyl group, a cyclooctylpentyl group, a cyclooctylhexyl group and the like.
  • The “C3-8 cycloalkenyl group” is a cycloalkenyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8 and contains at least one, preferably 1 or 2, double bonds. For example, a cyclopropenyl group, a cyclobutenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclopentadienyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a cyclohexadienyl group (a 2,4-cyclohexadien-1-yl group, a 2,5-cyclohexadien-1-yl group etc.), a cycloheptenyl group, a cyclooctenyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • The “heteroaryl group” is an aromatic heterocycle having, as ring-constituting atom besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom, wherein the number of ring-constituting atom is 3 to 14, including monocycle and fused ring.
  • The “monocyclic heteroaryl group” is a monocyclic heteroaryl group preferably having 1 to 4 hetero atoms and, for example, a thienyl group (e.g., thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl), a furyl group (e.g., furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl etc.), a pyrrolyl group (e.g., 2-Pyrroline-1-yl group, 3-Pyrroline-3-yl etc.), an oxazolyl group (e.g., oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl etc.), an isoxazolyl group (e.g., isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl etc.), a thiazolyl group (e.g., thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl etc.), an isothiazolyl group (e.g., isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl etc.), an imidazolyl group (e.g., imidazol-1-yl, 1H-imidazol-2-yl, 1H-imidazol-4-yl etc.), a pyrazolyl group (e.g., pyrazol-1-yl, 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1H-pyrazol-4-yl etc.), an oxadiazolyl group (e.g., 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl, 1,2,3-oxadiazol-4-yl, 1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 1,2,5-oxadiazol-3-yl etc.), a thiadiazolyl group (e.g., 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-yl, 1,2,3-thiadiazol-5-yl, 1,2,5-thiadiazol-3-yl etc.), a triazolyl group (e.g., 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-1-yl, 1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 1,2,3-triazol-2-yl, 1,3,4-triazol-1-yl etc.), a tetrazolyl group (e.g., tetrazol-1-yl, tetrazol-2-yl, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, 2H-tetrazol-5-yl etc.), a pyridyl group (e.g., pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl etc.), a pyrimidinyl group (e.g., pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl etc.), a pyridazinyl group (e.g., pyridazin-3-yl, pyridazin-4-yl etc.), a pyrazinyl group (e.g., pyrazin-2-yl etc.), a triazinyl group (e.g., 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the “fused heteroaryl group” include a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a quinoxalyl group, a phthalazinyl group, a cinnolinyl group, a naphthyridinyl group, an indolyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, an indolinyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzodioxinyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a tetrahydroquinolyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a dihydrobenzothienyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, an indenothiazolyl group, a tetrahydrobenzothiazolyl group, a 5,7-dihydropyrrolo[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl group, a 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopentapyrimidinyl group, an imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl group, a pteridinyl group, a purinyl group and the like.
  • The “halo-C1-6 alkyl group” is a “C1-6 alkyl group” defined above, which is substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 halogen atoms, and, for example, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, bromomethyl, chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, bromoethyl, chloropropyl, fluoropropyl, bromopropyl and the like can be mentioned.
  • The “group B” includes the following substituent groups (a) to (e).
  • (a) the “halogen atom” defined above,
    (b) the “C1-6 alkyl group” defined above,
    (c) the “C3-8 cycloalkyl group” defined above,
    (d) a cyano group, and
    (e) the “halo-C1-6 alkyl group” defined above.
  • The “C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C6-14 aryl group” defined above, which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C6-14 aryl group. The substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • The “C3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C3-8 cycloalkyl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkyl group. The substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • The “C3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “C3-8 cycloalkenyl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl group. The substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • The “heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from group B” is the “heteroaryl group” defined above which is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents, and includes unsubstituted heteroaryl group. The substituents are the same or different and selected from the “group B” defined above.
  • In the above-mentioned formula [I], preferable groups are as described below.
  • The partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00027
  • is a group represented by any of the following formulas:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00028
  • As the partial structural formula, preferred are groups represented by
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00029
  • and the like.
  • As the partial structural formula, more preferred is a group represented by
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00030
  • R1 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
    (5) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
    (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group.
  • R1 is preferably
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl),
    (4) a C3-6 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl),
    (5) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-3 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-3 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group,
    (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl)-C1-3 alkyl (e.g., ethyl) group, or the like.
  • R1 is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R2 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (6) a heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom),
    (7) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B).
  • R2 is preferably
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl),
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl),
    (6) a heteroaryl group (preferably monocyclic heteroaryl group, e.g., thienyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom), and
      • (b) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl))
        (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4) hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom (e.g., a sulfur atom)),
        (7) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
        (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B).
  • R2 is more preferably
  • (1) a C1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl),
    (2) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1 to 3) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom),
      • (b) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
      • (c) a C3-5 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl),
      • (d) a cyano group, and
      • (e) a halo-C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl)),
        (3) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-6 alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl) group (the C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1 to 3) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom),
      • (b) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl), and
      • (c) a halo-C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl))), or
        (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl)-C1-3 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl) group (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B).
  • R2 is still more preferably
  • (1) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., butyl, pentyl, 1-ethylpropyl),
    (2) phenyl optionally substituted the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from
      • (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom),
      • (b) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
      • (c) a C3-5 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl), and
      • (d) a halo-C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl),
        (3) phenylethyl, or
        (4) cyclopentylethyl.
  • R2 is particularly preferably butyl, phenylethyl or 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, R2 is preferably
  • (1) a C1-10 alkyl group, or
    (2) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B).
  • R3 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom,
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group,
    (4) a C6-14 aryl group,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
    (6) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group.
  • R3 is preferably
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom),
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, pentyl),
    (4) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl), or
    (5) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group.
  • R3 is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R4 and R5 are each independently
  • (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group.
  • R4 and R5 are preferably each independently
  • (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl).
  • R4 and R5 are more preferably both hydrogen atoms.
  • In the formula [I], a compound represented by the following formula [Ia]
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00031
  • wherein
  • the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00032
  • is a group represented by
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00033
  • R1a is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl),
    (4) a C3-5 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl),
    (5) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-3 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-3 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group, or
    (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl)-C1-3 alkyl (e.g., ethyl) group;
  • R2a is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
    (3) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl),
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl),
    (6) a heteroaryl group (preferably monocyclic heteroaryl group, e.g., thienyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom), and
      • (b) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl))
  • (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4) hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom (e.g., a sulfur atom)),
  • (7) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B);
  • R3a is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom),
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, pentyl),
    (4) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl), or
    (5) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl) group; and
  • R4a and R5a are each independently
  • (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl)]
    is more preferable.
  • As the compound of the present invention, a compound represented by the above-mentioned formula [Ia], wherein
  • R1a is a hydrogen atom;
  • R2a is
  • (1) a C1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl),
    (2) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl) optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1 to 3) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom),
      • (b) a C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
      • (c) a C3-5 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl),
      • (d) a cyano group, and
      • (e) a halo-C1-3 alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl)),
        (3) a C6-14 aryl (e.g., phenyl)-C1-6 alkyl (preferably straight chain C1-6 alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl) group
        (the C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 (e.g., 1 to 3) substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B
  • (e.g., (a) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom, fluorine atom),
      • (b) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl), and
      • (c) a halo-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl))), or
        (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl)-C1-3 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl) group
        (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B);
  • R3a is a hydrogen atom; and
  • R4a and R5a are both hydrogen atoms;
  • is more preferable.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, from compounds represented by the formula [I], a compound represented by the following formula [I-1]:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00034
  • wherein
    the partial structural formula:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00035
  • is a group represented by any of the following formulas:
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00036
  • R11 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
    (3) a phenyl group,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl),
    (5) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
    (6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
  • R21 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl),
    (3) a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl) selected from m the above-mentioned group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl),
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl),
    (6) a thienyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., chlorine atom, methyl) selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (7) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl) (wherein phenyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl) selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl);
  • R31 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom),
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-pentyl),
    (4) a phenyl group,
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
    (6) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., phenylethyl); and
    R41 and R51 are each independently
    (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl)
    is preferable.
  • Of compounds represented by the formula [I-1], a compound wherein
  • R11 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
    (3) a phenyl group, or
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl);
  • R21 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a C1-10 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl).
    (3) a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl) selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl),
    (5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group (e.g., cyclohexenyl),
    (6) a thienyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., chlorine atom, methyl) selected from the above-mentioned group B,
    (7) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl) (wherein phenyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl) selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
    (8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-5 alkyl group (e.g., cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl);
  • R31 is
  • (1) a hydrogen atom,
    (2) a halogen atom (e.g., chlorine atom),
    (3) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., ethyl, n-pentyl),
    (4) a phenyl group, or
    (6) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., phenylethyl);
  • R41 and R51 are each independently
  • (1) a hydrogen atom, or
    (2) a C1-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl),
    is preferable,
  • R11 is a hydrogen atom, methyl, phenyl, or cyclopropyl;
  • R21 is a hydrogen atom; ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl; phenyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl, cyano, cyclopropyl and trifluoromethyl; cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl; cyclohexenyl; thienyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from chlorine atom and methyl; phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyclopropyl and trifluoromethyl); cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, or cyclohexylethyl;
  • R31 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, ethyl, n-pentyl, phenyl, or phenylethyl; and
  • R41 and R51 is are each independently a hydrogen atom or methyl,
  • is more preferable.
  • As the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, the compounds described in Examples 1-122 are preferable, the compounds described in Examples 1, 2, 21, 31, 40, 44, 47, 52, 60, 74, 79, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121 and 122 are particularly preferable.
  • A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound represented by the formula [I] may be any salt as long as it forms a nontoxic salt with the compound of the present invention. Examples thereof include salts with inorganic acids, salts with organic acids, salts with inorganic bases, salts with organic bases, salts with amino acids and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with inorganic acid include a salt with hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with organic acid include salts with oxalic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, malic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, gluconic acid, ascorbic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with inorganic base include sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with organic base include methylamine, diethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, guanidine, pyridine, picoline, choline, cinchonine, meglumine and the like.
  • Examples of the salt with amino acid include salts with lysine, arginine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like.
  • Each salt can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula [I] with an inorganic base, organic base, inorganic acid, organic acid or amino acid according to a known method.
  • The “solvate” is a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein a molecule of the solvent is coordinated, and also includes hydrates. As the solvate, a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate is preferable and includes, for example, hydrate, ethanolate, dimethylsulfoxidate and the like of the compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Specific examples thereof include hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate and monoethanolate of the compound represented by the formula [I], monohydrate of sodium salt, 2/3 ethanolate of dihydrochloride, and the like of the compound represented by the formula [I].
  • The solvate of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be obtained according to a method known per se.
  • In addition, the compound represented by the formula [1] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has various isomers. For example, E form and Z form are present as geometric isomers, when an asymmetric carbon atom is present, enantiomer and diastereomer are present as stereoisomers based thereon, and when axial chirality is present, stereoisomers based thereon are present. Moreover, tautomers can also be present. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses all these isomers and mixtures thereof.
  • In addition, the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof may be labeled with an isotope (e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S etc.).
  • As the compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, each of which is substantially purified, is preferable. More preferred is a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, each of which is purified to have a purity usable as a pharmaceutical product.
  • In the present invention, a prodrug of the compound represented by the formula [I] can also be a useful medicament. The “prodrug” is a derivative of the compound of the present invention having a chemically or metabolically degradable group which, after administration to the body, restores to the original compound by, for example, hydrolysis, solvolysis or decomposition under physiological conditions, and shows inherent efficacy. It includes a noncovalent complex, and a salt. Prodrug is utilized for, for example, improvement of absorption on oral administration, or targeting to a target moiety.
  • Examples of the modified moiety include, in the compound of the present invention, a highly reactive functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group and the like.
  • Specific examples of the hydroxyl-modifying group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, an isobutyryl group, a pivaloyl group, a palmitoyl group, a benzoyl group, a 4-methylbenzoyl group, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a dimethylaminomethylcarbonyl group, a sulfo group, an alanyl group, a fumaryl group and the like. In addition, sodium salt of 3-carboxybenzoyl group, 2-carboxyethylcarbonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • Specific examples of the carboxyl-modifying group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group, a carboxymethyl group, a dimethylaminomethyl group, a 1-(acetyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(ethoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(isopropyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a 1-(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl group, a benzyl group, a phenyl group, an 0-tolyl group, a morpholinoethyl group, an N,N-diethylcarbamoylmethyl group, a phthalidyl group and the like.
  • Specific examples of the amino-modifying group include a tert-butyl group, a docosanoyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group, an alanyl group, a hexylcarbamoyl group, a pentylcarbamoyl group, a 3-methylthio-1-(acetylamino)propylcarbonyl group, a 1-sulfo-1-(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl group, a (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a pyrrolidylmethyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the “pharmaceutical composition” include oral preparations such as tablet, capsule, granule, powder, troche, syrup, emulsion, suspension and the like, and parenteral agents such as external preparation, suppository, injection, eye drop, nasal preparation, pulmonary preparation and the like.
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is produced according to a method known in the art of pharmaceutical preparations, by mixing a compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof with a suitable amount of at least one kind of pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and the like as appropriate. While the content of the compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof in the pharmaceutical composition varies depending on the dosage form, dose and the like, it is, for example, 0.1 to 100 wt % of the whole composition.
  • Examples of the “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” include various organic or inorganic carrier substances conventionally used as preparation materials, for example, excipient, disintegrant, binder, glidant, lubricant and the like for solid preparations, and solvent, solubilizing agent, suspending agent, isotonicity agent, buffering agent, soothing agent and the like for liquid preparations. Where necessary, moreover, additives such as preservative, antioxidant, colorant, sweetening agent and the like are used.
  • Examples of the “excipient” include lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, D-sorbitol, cornstarch, dextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, crystalline cellulose, carmellose, carmellose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, gum arabic and the like.
  • Examples of the “disintegrant” include carmellose, carmellose calcium, carmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethyl starch, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, crystalline cellulose and the like.
  • Examples of the “binder” include hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, povidone, crystalline cellulose, sucrose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, carmellose sodium, gum arabic and the like.
  • Examples of the “glidant” include light anhydrous silicic acid, magnesium stearate and the like.
  • Examples of the “lubricant” include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc and the like.
  • Examples of the “solvent” include purified water, ethanol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil and the like.
  • Examples of the “solubilizing agents” include propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate and the like.
  • Examples of the “suspending agent” include benzalkonium chloride, carmellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, propylene glycol, povidone, methylcellulose, glycerol monostearate and the like.
  • Examples of the “isotonicity agent” include glucose, D-sorbitol, sodium chloride, D-mannitol and the like.
  • Examples of the “buffering agent” include sodium hydrogenphosphate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium m citrate and the like.
  • Examples of the “soothing agent” include benzyl alcohol and the like.
  • Examples of the “preservative” include ethyl parahydroxybenzoate, chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, sodium dehydroacetate, sorbic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the “antioxidant” include sodium sulfite, ascorbic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the “colorant” include food colors (e.g., Food Color Red No. 2 or 3, Food Color Yellow No. 4 or 5 etc.), β-carotene and the like.
  • Examples of the “sweetening agent” include saccharin sodium, dipotassium glycyrrhizinate, aspartame and the like.
  • The compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has an EPO production-inducing activity due to a prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitory action, and can be used for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO.
  • As the various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO, anemia and the like can be mentioned.
  • In general, anemia includes anemia due to hematopoiesis abnormality in the bone marrow, anemia due to shortage of iron, vitamin B12 or folic acid, bleeding during accident or operation, anemia associated with chronic inflammation (autoimmune diseases, malignant tumor, chronically-transmitted diseases, plasma cell dyscrasia etc.), anemia associated with endocrine diseases (hypothyroidism, autoimmune polyglandular syndrome, type IA diabetes, dysfunctional uterine bleeding etc.), anemia associated with chronic cardiac failure, anemia associated with ulcer, anemia associated with hepatic diseases, senile anemia, drug-induced anemia, renal anemia (anemia associated with renal failure), anemia associated with chemical therapy, and the like.
  • Examples of the diseases expected to be improved by inhibiting PHD to stabilize HIF include ischemic cardiac diseases (angina pectoris, myocardial infarction etc.), ischemic cerebrovascular disorders (cerebral infarction, cerebral embolism, transient cerebral ischemic attack etc.), chronic renal failures (ischemic nephropathy, renal tubule interstitial disorder etc.), diabetic complications (diabetic wound etc.), cognitive impairments (dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease etc.) and the like.
  • The prolyl hydroxylase (PHD) inhibitor and EPO production-inducing agent of the present invention is preferably used as a therapeutic agent for anemia, more preferably a therapeutic agent for renal anemia.
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered orally or parenterally (e.g., topical, rectal, intravenous administration etc.) to human as well as mammals other than human (e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, swine, bovine, horse, sheep, monkey etc.). The dose varies depending on the subject of administration, disease, symptom, dosage form, administration route and the like. For example, the daily dose for oral administration to an adult patient (body weight: about 60 kg) is generally within the range of about 1 mg to 1 g, based on the compound of the present invention as the active ingredient. This amount can be administered in one to several portions.
  • Since the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof inhibits PHD and induces production of EPO, it can be used as an active ingredient of a therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for anemia.
  • To “inhibit PHD” means to specifically inhibit the function of prolyl hydroxylase and eliminate or attenuate the activity. For example, it means to specifically inhibit the function as prolyl hydroxylase based on the conditions in the below-mentioned Experimental Example 1. To “inhibit PHD” preferably means to inhibit human PHD. As a “PHD inhibitor”, preferred is a “human PHD inhibitor”.
  • To “induce production of EPO” means that the production of erythropoietin in the kidney etc. is promoted. For example, it means that the production of erythropoietin is induced based on the conditions of the below-mentioned Experimental Example 2. To “induce production of EPO” preferably means to “induce production of human EPO”. An “EPO production-inducing agent” is preferably a “human EPO production-inducing agent”.
  • The above-mentioned compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof can be used in combination with one or a plurality of other medicaments (hereinafter to be also referred to as a concomitant drug) according to a method generally employed in the medical field (hereinafter to be referred to as combined use).
  • The administration period of the above-mentioned compound represented by the formula [I] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, and a concomitant drug is not limited, and they may be administered to an administration subject as combination preparation, or the both preparations may be administered simultaneously or at given intervals. In addition, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention and a concomitant drug may be used as a medicament in the form of a kit. The dose of the concomitant drug is similar to the clinically-employed dose and can be appropriately selected according to the subject of administration, disease, symptom, dosage form, administration route, administration time, combination and the like. The administration form of the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, and it only needs to be combined with the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
  • Examples of the concomitant drug include an agent for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of anemia and the like, and the compound of the present invention can be used in combination.
  • Examples of the “therapeutic agent and/or prophylaxis agent of anemia” include ferrous citrate, iron sulfate and the like.
  • As PHD, PHD2 and PHD3 can be mentioned.
  • Next, the production methods of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof are specifically explained. However, it is needless to say that the present invention is not limited to such production methods. For production of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, the order of reactions can be appropriately changed. The reaction can be started from the step or substitution moiety that seems to be reasonable.
  • In addition, an appropriate substituent conversion (conversion or further modification of substituent) step may be inserted between respective steps. When a reactive functional group is present, protection and deprotection can be appropriately performed. To promote progress of the reaction, moreover, a reagent other than the exemplified reagent can be used as appropriate. Furthermore, a starting compound whose production method is not described is either commercially available or can be prepared easily by a combination of known synthetic reactions.
  • The compound obtained in each step can be purified by a conventional method such as distillation, recrystallization, column chromatography and the like. In some cases, the compound can be applied to the next step without isolation and purification.
  • In the following production method, the “room temperature” means 1-40° C.
  • Production Method I-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00037
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00038
  • wherein R11a and R11c are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, R11b is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like, X11a and R11b are each a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a fluorine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-1-2] can be obtained by subjecting compound [I-1-1] to metalation according to a conventional method, and introducing a carboxyl group using carbon dioxide. Metalation is performed by reaction with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, which is followed by reaction with carbon dioxide to give compound [I-1-2].
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-1-3] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group into the carboxyl group of compound [I-1-2] according to a conventional method. For example, when the protecting group is a tert-butyl group, compound [I-1-3] can be obtained by reaction with tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-1-4] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R11b into compound [I-1-3] according to a conventional method. For example, when a hydroxyl group protected by a benzyl group is introduced, compound [I-1-3] is reacted with benzyl alcohol under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, n-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide and the like in hexane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, whereby compound [I-1-4] can be obtained.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-1-5] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-4] with hydrazine monohydrate under low temperature to heating conditions in chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [I-1-6] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-5] with an orthoester compound such as trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate and the like or formic acid under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent or without solvent.
  • Step 6
  • Compound [I-1-7] can be obtained by performing an endocyclic rearrangement reaction of compound [I-1-6] at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 7
  • Compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-1-7] according to a conventional method. For example, when R11a is a tert-butyl group, compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by reaction with an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof. When R11a is a methyl group, ethyl group or tert-butyl group, compound [I-1-8] can be obtained by hydrolyzing compound [I-1-7] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lithium hydroxide and the like in a mixed solvent of water and a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like.
  • Step 8
  • Compound [I-1-9] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group into the carboxyl group of compound [I-1-8] according to a conventional method. For example, when the protecting group is an ethyl group, compound [I-1-9] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-8] with N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal under low temperature to heating conditions in chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 7 and step 8 may be omitted. In this case, R
  • Step 9
  • Compound [I-1-10] can be obtained by introducing a leaving group onto the pyridine ring of compound [I-1-9] according to a conventional method. Disubstituted compound [I-1-11] may be obtained. When the leaving group is an iodine atom, compound [I-1-10] and compound [I-1-11] can be obtained by reaction with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof to perform metalation, followed by reaction with iodine.
  • Production method I-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00039
  • wherein R12a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above. Even when R2 of [1-2-1] to [1-2-4] is other than the defined substituents, it can be used as long as the defined substituent can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-2-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-1-10] according to a conventional method. For example, when R2 is a butyl group, compound [I-2-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-10] with butylboronic acid at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like and a base such as potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium phosphate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium hydrogenphosphate, cesium carbonate and the like, by adding a silver salt as necessary such as silver carbonate, silver nitrate, silver(I) oxide and the like in hexane, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, toluene, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-2-2] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-2-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5) COOR12a according to a conventional method. For example, compound [I-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR12a under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a condensing agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or a salt thereof, diphenylphosphoryl azide and the like and, as necessary, N-hydroxysuccinimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, dimethylaminopyridine and the like and, as necessary, adding a base such as potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, morpholine, pyridine and the like in a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, ethyl acetate, methylene chloride, toluene and the like.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-2-4] can be obtained by removing hydroxyl-protecting group R11b of compound [I-2-3] according to a conventional method. For example, when R11b is a benzyl group, compound [I-2-4] can be obtained by hydrogenation under room temperature to heating conditions under a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure to under pressurization conditions in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium carbon, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide, platinum carbon, Raney-nickel and the like in hexane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [I-2-5] can be obtained in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7, by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-2-4].
  • Production Method I-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00040
  • wherein even when R2 and R3 of [I-3-1] and [I-3-2] are other than the defined substituents, they can be used as long as the defined substituents can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-3-1] can be obtained by introducing substituents R2 and R3 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-1-11] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1. For example, when an alkenyl group is introduced as a precursor of R2 and R3, compound [I-3-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-11] with alkenylboronic acid in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-3-2] can be obtained by deprotection of R11b of compound [I-3-1] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-3-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-3-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOH. For example, compound [I-3-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-3-2] with a sodium salt of glycine derivative at room temperature to under heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 2-methoxyethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Production Method I-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00041
  • wherein even when R3 of [I-4-2] and [I-4-3] is other than the defined substituents, it can be used as long as the defined substituents can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-4-1] can be obtained by stirring compound [I-1-11] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like and a reducing agent such as tri-n-butyltin hydride and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, benzene, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-4-2] can be obtained by substitution of X11b of compound [I-4-1] by R3 or a precursor thereof in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-4-3] can be obtained by deprotection of R11b of compound [I-4-2] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-4-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-4-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOH or a salt with a metal species thereof in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • Production Method I-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00042
  • wherein each symbol is as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-5-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R3 into compound [I-1-10] according to a conventional method. For example, when R3 is a chloro group, compound [I-5-1] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-1-10] with a chlorinating agent such as hexachloroethane and the like under low temperature conditions in the presence of an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide, lithium diisopropylamide, tert-butoxide and the like in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-5-2] can be obtained by substituting substituent X11b of compound [I-5-1] by substituent R2 or a precursor thereof in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-5-3] can be obtained by deprotection of Rub of compound [I-5-2] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-5-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-5-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOH or a salt with a metal species thereof in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • Production Method I-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00043
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00044
  • wherein R16a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like, R16b and R16c are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, X16a is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, or a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above. Even when R2 of [1-6-4] to [1-6-10] are other than the defined substituents, they can be used as long as the defined substituents can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-6-2] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group R16a into compound [I-6-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 3.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-6-3] can be obtained by introducing a carboxyl group protected by a protecting group R16b into compound [I-6-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-6-4] can be obtained by introducing substituent R2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-6-3] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-6-5] can be obtained from compound [I-6-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 4.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [I-6-6] can be obtained from compound [I-6-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Step 6
  • Compound [I-6-7] can be obtained from compound [I-6-6] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 6.
  • Step 7
  • Compound [I-6-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-6-7] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Step 8
  • Compound [I-6-9] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-6-8] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR16c in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Step 9
  • Compound [I-6-10] can be obtained by removing the hydroxyl-protecting group R16a of compound [I-6-9] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 10
  • Compound [I-6-11] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-6-10] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Production Method I-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00045
  • wherein R17a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, X17a is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, or a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-7-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-7-1] with cyanamide in the presence of an organic metal reagent such as nickel(II) acetylacetonate and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-7-3] can be obtained by converting the hydroxyl group of compound [I-7-2] to a leaving group according to a conventional method. For example, when the leaving group X17a is a chlorine atom, compound [I-7-3] can be obtained by chlorinating compound [I-7-2] with thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, triphosgene, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxychloride and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof or without solvent in the presence of, where necessary, a base such as triethylamine, pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, N-methylmorpholine, diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylethylenediamine and the like and, where necessary, N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Step 3 Compound [I-7-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-7-3] with N,N-dimethylformamide dialkyl acetal under low temperature to heating conditions in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, and then with hydroxylamine or a hydrochloride thereof.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-7-5] can be obtained by subjecting compound [I-7-4] to a dehydrating reaction using polyphosphoric acid, thionyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride and the like under low temperature to high temperature conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Production Method I-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00046
  • wherein R18a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like, R18b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-8-1] can be obtained by introducing substituent R2 or a precursor thereof into compound [I-7-5] according to a conventional method in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-8-2] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R18a into compound [I-8-1]. For example, when a hydroxyl group protected by a methyl group is introduced, compound [I-8-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-8-1] with sodium methoxide under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, or with a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium methoxide, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, n-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in methanol alone or a mixed solvent with hexane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene and the like.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-8-3] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-8-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-8-4] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-8-3] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR18b in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [I-8-5] can be obtained by removing the hydroxyl-protecting group R18a and the carboxyl-protecting group R18b of compound [I-8-4] according to a conventional method. For example, when R18a is a methyl group and R18b is a tert-butyl group, compound [I-8-5] can be obtained by stirring compound [I-8-4] at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trifluoride-diethyl ether complex, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, acetic acid, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Production Method I-9
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00047
  • wherein R19a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, R19b is a metal species forming a salt with carboxylic acid or phenol, such as lithium, sodium, calcium etc., and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [I-9-1] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [I-8-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [I-9-2] can be obtained by condensing compound [I-9-1] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR19a in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [I-9-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-2] with a base. For example, when R19b is sodium, compound [I-9-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-2] with sodium hydroxide at room temperature to under heating conditions in dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [I-9-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [I-9-3] with an acid such as acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Production Method II-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00048
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00049
  • wherein R21a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as a benzyl group, an acetyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like, R21b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above. Even when R2 of [II-1-8] to [II-1-9] are other than the defined substituents, they can be used as long as the defined substituents can be finally obtained by appropriate substituent conversion.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [II-1-2] can be, obtained by reacting compound [II-1-1] with 2,5-hexanedione under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of an acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, aluminum trichloride, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [II-1-3] can be obtained by introducing a hydroxyl group protected by a protecting group represented by R21a into compound [II-1-2] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 3.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [II-1-4] can be obtained by stirring compound [II-1-3] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide and the like and hydroxylammonium chloride in methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [II-1-4] is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal at room temperature to under heating conditions in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof to give a compound, which is reacted with hydroxylamine or a salt thereof in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, morpholine, pyridine and the like under low temperature to high temperature conditions in hexane, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, and reacted with polyphosphoric acid or hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid, whereby compound [II-1-5] can be obtained.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [II-1-6] can be obtained by introducing a carboxyl group into compound [II-1-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Step 6
  • Compound [II-1-7] can be obtained by introducing a protecting group R21b into the carboxyl group of compound [II-1-6] according to a conventional method. For example, when R21b is an ethyl group, compound [II-1-7] can be obtained by reacting compound [II-1-6] with N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal at room temperature to under heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 7
  • Compound [II-1-8] can be obtained by introducing a substituent R2 or a precursor thereof into compound [II-1-7] according to a conventional method. For example, when a tert-butylacetylene group is introduced, compound [II-1-8] can be obtained by reacting compound [II-1-7] with tert-butylacetylene at room temperature to under heating conditions in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as [1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, palladium acetate-triphenylphosphine and the like, a base such as potassium acetate, potassium carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium phosphate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium hydrogenphosphate, cesium carbonate and the like and copper iodide in hexane, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, acetonitrile, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, toluene, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 8
  • Compound [II-1-9] can be obtained by deprotection of the hydroxyl-protecting group R21a of compound [II-1-8] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 9
  • Compound [II-1-10] can be obtained from compound [II-1-9] in the same manner as in production method I-3, step 3.
  • In this production method, a production method when R1 is a hydrogen atom has been described. When R1 is the aforementioned substituent and other than a hydrogen atom, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal substituted by a desired substituent may be used instead of N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in step 4, and step 5 and the following can be performed by a method similar to the method described in this production method.
  • Production Method III-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00050
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00051
  • wherein R31a and R31d are each a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, R31b and R31c are each an amino-protecting group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyl group and the like, X31a and X31b are each a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like, and other symbols are as described above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [III-1-2] can be obtained by introducing a leaving group X31b according to a conventional method into compound [III-1-1] obtained by deprotecting R11b of compound [I-1-4] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4. For example, when X31b is a bromine atom, compound [III-1-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [III-1-1] with bromine or N-bromosuccinimide under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [III-1-3] can be obtained by introducing R31b into compound [III-1-2] according to a conventional method. For example, when R31b is a benzyl group, compound [III-1-3] can be obtained by reacting compound [III-1-2] with benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydride, cesium carbonate and the like in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 3 and Step 4
  • [III-1-6] can be obtained, by deprotecting R31a of compound [III-1-3] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7, converting the compound to acid chloride according to a conventional method, reacting the acid chloride with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR31d in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and the like under low temperature to heating conditions in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof to give compound [III-1-4], and reacting the compound with compound [III-1-5] under low temperature to heating conditions in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [III-1-7] can be obtained from compound [III-1-6] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 1.
  • Step 6
  • Compound [III-1-8] can be obtained by deprotection of R31b of compound [III-1-7] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 7
  • Compound [III-1-9] can be obtained by removing the amino-protecting group R31c of compound [III-1-8] according to a conventional method. For example, when R31c is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, compound [III-1-9] can be obtained by stirring under low temperature to room temperature conditions in the presence of an acid such as hydrogen chloride, sulfuric acid, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like in hexane, chloroform, methylene chloride, ethyl acetate, toluene, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, water and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • Step 8
  • Compound [III-1-10] can be obtained from compound [III-1-9] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Step 9
  • Compound [III-1-11] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-1-10] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Production Method III-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00052
  • wherein R32a is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [III-2-1] can be obtained from compound [I-6-5] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 5.
  • Step 2
  • Compound [III-2-2] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-2-1] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Step 3
  • Compound [III-2-3] can be obtained by condensing compound [III-2-2] with a glycine derivative represented by H2NC(R4)(R5)COOR32a in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [III-2-4] can be obtained by deprotection of R16a of compound [III-2-3] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [III-2-5] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [III-2-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • Production Method IV-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00053
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00054
  • wherein R41a is a hydroxyl-protecting group such as an acetyl group, a benzyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group and the like, R41b is a carboxyl-protecting group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like, X41a and X41b are each a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like, a leaving group such as a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyl group, a methanesulfonyl group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
  • Step 1
  • Compound [IV-1-2] can be obtained by converting the leaving group X41a of compound [IV-1-1] to a formyl group according to a conventional method. Compound [IV-1-2] can be obtained by reacting compound [IV-1-1] with an organic metal reagent such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium amide, sodium amide and the like under low temperature conditions in hexane, benzene, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, and then with N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Step 2 and Step 3
  • Compound [IV-1-4] can be obtained by reacting compound [IV-1-2] with hydrazine having a leaving group X41b under room temperature to under heating conditions in ethyl acetate, chloroform, toluene, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like alone or a mixed solvent thereof, then adding a base such as morpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine and the like, and stirring the mixture.
  • Step 4
  • Compound [IV-1-5] can be obtained from compound [IV-1-4] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 1.
  • Step 5
  • Compound [IV-1-6] can be obtained by condensing compound [IV-1-5] with a glycine derivative in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 3.
  • Step 6
  • Compound [IV-1-7] can be obtained by deprotection of R41a of compound [IV-1-6] in the same manner as in production method I-2, step 4.
  • Step 7
  • Compound [IV-1-8] can be obtained by removing the carboxyl-protecting group of compound [IV-1-7] in the same manner as in production method I-1, step 7.
  • In this production method, a production method when R1 is a hydrogen atom has been described. When R1 is the aforementioned substituent and other than a hydrogen atom, N,N-dimethylformamide substituted by a desired substituent may be used instead of N,N-dimethylformamide in step 1, and step 2 and the following can be performed by a method similar to the method described in this production method.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Now the production method of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof is specifically explained by way of Examples. However, the present invention is not limited by the Examples.
  • Example 1 Production of {[5-(4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl]amino}acetic acid hydrochloride Step 1-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00055
  • Under a nitrogen stream, diisopropylamine (198 ml) and tetrahydrofuran (1000 ml) were mixed, and n-butyllithium (2.76M, 500 ml) was added dropwise under cooling in dry ice/hexane bath. After stirring in the dry ice/hexane bath for 1 hr, 2,4-dichloropyridine was added dropwise. After stirring under cooling in the dry ice/hexane bath for 1 hr, carbon dioxide was blown until the temperature rise ceased while preventing a temperature of not less than −60° C. Carbon dioxide was further blown for 30 min under cooling in the dry ice/hexane bath, and 4N hydrochloric acid (1000 ml) was added dropwise. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (each 1000 ml, 500 ml). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was slurried in hexane to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (243 g, 96%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 7.74 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 8.47 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 14.53 (1H, br s).
  • Step 1-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00056
  • The compound (234 g) obtained in step 1-1 and tetrahydrofuran (1200 ml) were mixed, and boron trifluoride-diethyl ether complex (8 ml) was added. Then, tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate (361 ml) was added dropwise under ice-cooling. To this reaction mixture were added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (1200 ml) and water (1200 ml), and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (1200 ml). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Hexane (1800 ml) was added to the obtained residue. Insoluble material was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (326 g) as a crude product.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.63 (9H, s), 7.31 (1H, d, J=5.2 Hz), 8.31 (1H, d, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Step 1-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00057
  • Under a nitrogen stream, sodium hydride (60% oil suspension) (58 g) and N,N-dimethylformamide (1000 ml) were mixed under ice-cooling. The compound (326 g) obtained in step 1-2 was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (300 ml) and added thereto. To this mixture was added a mixture of benzyl alcohol (136 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide (200 ml). After stirring under ice-cooling for 15 min, sodium hydride (60% oil suspension) (5.2 g) was added. After stirring under ice-cooling for 20 min more, water (3000 ml) was added and the precipitated solid was filtered, and the filtrate was dried under reduced pressure at 50° C. overnight. The solid was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1-ethyl acetate alone). The obtained solid was further slurried in hexane to give the object product. The filtrate at this time was concentrated, purified by column chromatography, and slurried in hexane to give the object product. They were combined to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (334 g, 83% yield).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.55 (9H, s), 5.17 (2H, s), 6.83 (1H, d, J=6.0 Hz), 7.32-7.42 (5H, m), 8.24 (1H, d, J=6.0 Hz).
  • Step 1-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00058
  • The compound (167 g) obtained in step 1-3, hydrazine monohydrate (127 ml) and 1,4-dioxane (1200 ml) were mixed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 94° C. for 17 hr. After cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate (1700 ml) was added, and the mixture was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 ml)/water (500 ml), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (250 ml)/water (250 ml), and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (200 ml)/water (200 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. By performing the operation twice, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (266 g) was obtained as a crude product.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.42 (9H, s), 3.98 (2H, br s), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.32 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 7.28-7.45 (5H, m), 7.96 (1H, br s), 8.08 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz).
  • Step 1-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00059
  • The compound (266 g) obtained in the same manner as in step 1-4 and trimethyl orthoformate (1000 ml) were mixed, p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (80 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 56° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was slurried in hexane/ethyl acetate=2/1. Furthermore, the residue was slurried in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution/water=1/1 to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (209 g, 76%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.49 (9H, s), 5.36 (2H, s), 7.22 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.32-7.50 (5H, m), 8.62 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 9.13 (1H, s).
  • Step 1-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00060
  • The compound (200 g) obtained in step 1-5 and ethyl acetate (600 ml) were mixed, morpholine (160 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 74° C. for 3 hr. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and water (600 ml) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 ml), the organic layers were combined and washed successively with 5% aqueous potassium hydrogensulfate solution (600 ml) and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (194 g, 97%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.59 (9H, s), 5.28 (2H, s), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.33-7.46 (5H, m), 8.29 (1H, s), 8.50 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz).
  • Step 1-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00061
  • Under a nitrogen stream, the compound (194 g) obtained in step 1-6 and tetrahydrofuran (600 ml) were mixed under cooling in a dry ice/hexane bath, and a solution of iodine (151 g) in tetrahydrofuran (500 ml) was added dropwise. To this mixture was added dropwise 1.6M lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (788 ml) while preventing a temperature of not less than −60° C. After stirring under cooling in a dry ice/hexane bath for 2 hr, 4N hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate (315 ml) was added dropwise while preventing a temperature of not less than −60° C. To this reaction mixture were added sodium sulfite (76 g), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1000 ml), water (800 ml) and hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1 (1000 ml). The organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 ml) and saturated brine (800 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was slurried in hexane to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (188 g, 70%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.46 (9H, s), 5.39 (2H, s), 7.33-7.51 (5H, m), 7.87 (1H, s), 8.43 (1H, s).
  • Step 1-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00062
  • The compound (60 g) obtained in step 1-7, 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acid (29 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (5.4 g), potassium phosphate (113 g) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (600 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform/ethyl acetate=10/1) to give a crude product of the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme. This was slurried in diisopropyl ether/hexane=1/1 (500 ml) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (45 g, 70%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.61 (9H, s), 5.33 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, s), 7.35-7.48 (6H, m), 8.04 (1H, dd, J=6.7, 2.1 Hz), 8.11-8.15 (1H, m), 8.31 (1H, s).
  • Step 1-9
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00063
  • The compound (45 g) obtained in step 1-8 and 1,4-dioxane (450 ml) were mixed, and 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (116 ml) was added at room temperature. After stirring at 100° C. for 17 hr, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (450 ml) was added thereto, and the mixture was neutralized with 6N hydrochloric acid (77 ml) under ice-cooling, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (43 g).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 5.51 (2H, s), 7.34-7.38 (1H, m), 7.41-7.45 (2H, m), 7.50-7.52 (2H, m), 7.63 (1H, s), 7.80 (1H, dd, J=10.5, 8.9 Hz), 8.40-8.48 (2H, m), 8.48 (1H, s).
  • Step 1-10
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00064
  • The compound (43 g) obtained in step 1-9, glycine ethylester hydrochloride (15 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (17 g) and N,N-dimethylformamide (430 ml) were mixed, and triethylamine (15 ml) and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (21 g) were added at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hr, water (860 ml) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (215 ml) were added, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (43 g, 84%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.33 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.28 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 4.35 (2H, d, J=4.8 Hz), 5.47 (2H, s), 6.95 (1H, s), 7.32-7.43 (4H, m), 7.54 (2H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 8.01 (1H, dd, J=6.4, 2.0 Hz), 8.10-8.14 (1H, m), 8.31 (1H, s), 9.72 (1H, t, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Step 1-11
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00065
  • The compound (43 g) obtained in step 1-10 and trifluoroacetic acid (430 ml) were mixed and, after stirring at 80° C. for 6 hr, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol (86 ml) and water (430 ml) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. This was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform/ethyl acetate=10/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (28 g, 79%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.34 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.30 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 4.33 (2H, d, J=5.2 Hz), 6.87 (1H, s), 7.41 (1H, dd, J=9.7, 8.9 Hz), 8.16-8.20 (1H, m), 8.24 (1H, dd, J=6.9, 2.4 Hz), 8.26 (1H, s), 10.15 (1H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 14.13 (1H, s).
  • Step 1-12
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00066
  • The compound (27 g) obtained in step 1-11 and 2-propanol (540 ml) were mixed, and 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (64 ml) was added at room temperature. After stirring at 70° C. for 1 hr, 6N hydrochloric acid (43 ml) was added. This was allowed to gradually cool with stirring and crystals were precipitated at 37° C. Water (270 ml) was added and the crystals were collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (22 g, 87%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 4.24 (2H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.77 (1H, dd, J=10.5, 9.3 Hz), 8.36-8.40 (1H, m), 8.47 (1H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 8.60 (1H, s), 9.97 (1H, br s), 14.38 (1H, br s).
  • The obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride according to a conventional method to give the compound of Example 1.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.82 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.43 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.51 (m, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J=5.6 Hz).
  • Example 2 Production of [(7-hydroxy-5-phenethyl[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 2-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00067
  • The compound (5.00 g) obtained in step 1-7, toluene (35 ml) and phenylacetylene (1.34 ml) were mixed, and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (0.233 g), copper iodide (0.063 g) and triethylamine (1.85 ml) were successively added under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hr, 5% aqueous ammonia (35 ml) was added to the reaction mixture. The organic layer was further washed successively with 5% aqueous ammonia, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1-1/1). The obtained compound was slurried in hexane to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (3.84 g, 82%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.48 (9H, s), 5.42 (2H, s), 7.36 (1H, tt, J=7.1, 1.8 Hz), 7.40-7.45 (2H, m), 7.48 (2H, dt, J=7.0, 1.9 Hz), 7.51-7.58 (3H, m), 7.72 (2H, dd, J=7.7, 1.6 Hz), 7.78 (1H, s), 8.49 (1H, s).
  • Step 2-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00068
  • The compound (3.84 g) obtained in step 2-1, toluene (29 ml) and ethyl acetate (9.5 ml) were mixed, a mixture of methanesulfonic acid (2.34 ml) and ethyl acetate (2.34 ml) was added dropwise over 10 min at room temperature with stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hr, ethyl acetate (9.5 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (4.94 g, 98%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 2.38 (6H, s), 5.48 (2H, s), 7.37 (1H, tt, J=7.2, 1.7 Hz), 7.41-7.45 (2H, m), 7.48-7.52 (2H, m), 7.53-7.62 (3H, m), 7.71-7.75 (2H, m), 7.86 (1H, s), 8.67 (1H, s).
  • Step 2-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00069
  • The compound (4.94 g) obtained in step 2-2 and N,N-dimethylformamide (30 ml) were mixed at room temperature, and water (50 ml) was added dropwise at 0° C. over 10 min. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (3.20 g, 98%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 5.45 (2H, s), 7.36 (1H, tt, J=7.4, 2.1 Hz), 7.43 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.49 (2H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.52-7.60 (3H, m), 7.72 (2H, dd, J=6.7, 1.9 Hz), 7.78 (1H, s), 8.51 (1H, s), 13.59 (1H, s).
  • Step 2-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00070
  • The compound (3.20 g) obtained in step 2-3 was reacted with glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (1.33 g) by a method similar to Example 1, step 1-10, to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (3.38 g, 81%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.21 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.10 (2H, d, J=5.7 Hz), 4.13 (2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 5.44 (2H, s), 7.34 (1H, tt, J=7.2, 1.7 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (2H, m), 7.52-7.58 (5H, m), 7.71-7.74 (2H, m), 7.75 (1H, s), 8.52 (1H, s), 9.18 (1H, t, J=5.8 Hz).
  • Step 2-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00071
  • To a solution of the compound (3.38 g) obtained in step 2-4 in tetrahydrofuran (34 ml) and methanol (17 ml) was added 5% palladium carbon (0.34 g), and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere and normal pressure for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform/methanol=20/0-20/1) and slurried in hexane/diisopropyl ether=1/1 to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (2.29 g, 83%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.23 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.12 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.41 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.17 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 4.29 (2H, d, J=5.7 Hz), 6.82 (1H, s), 7.18-7.32 (5H, m), 8.58 (1H, s), 9.87 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 14.12 (1H, s).
  • Step 2-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00072
  • The compound (2.28 g) obtained in step 2-5 was hydrolyzed by a method similar to step 1-12, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride according to a conventional method to give the title compound (2.16 g).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.12 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.41 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.33 (m, 5H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, J=5.6 Hz).
  • Example 3 production of [(5-butyl-7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 3-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00073
  • The compound (0.2 g) obtained in step 1-7, [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (0.011 g), butylboronic acid (0.050 g), silver(I) oxide (0.12 g), potassium carbonate (0.15 g) and tetrahydrofuran (1.6 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 40 hr. Insoluble material was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=8/2-6/4) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.13 g, 77%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.91 (t, 3H, J=7.7 Hz), 1.28-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.71-1.81 (m, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H, J=7.7 Hz), 5.38 (s, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.51 (m, 5H), 8.39 (s, 1H).
  • Step 3-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00074
  • The carboxyl-protecting group of the compound (53.7 g) obtained in step 3-1 was removed in the same manner as in step 2-2 to give a carboxylic acid form as a mixture (69.8 g, 80%) with methanesulfonic acid (290 mol %). The mixture was treated in the same manner as in step 2-3 to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a mixture (42.8 g, 99%) with methanesulfonic acid (50 mol %).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.91 (t, 3H, J=7.7 Hz), 1.29-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 1.5H), 3.14 (t, 2H, J=7.7 Hz), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 2H), 8.73 (s, 1H).
  • Step 3-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00075
  • By a method similar to step 1-10, the compound (42.8 g) obtained in step 3-2 was reacted with glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (19.3 g) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (43.5 g, 92%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.34-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.26 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.33 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 5.41 (s, 2H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.55 (m, 5H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 9.77 (t, 1H, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Step 3-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00076
  • In the same manner as in step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.0 g, 90%) was obtained from the compound (7.2 g) obtained in step 3-3.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.33-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.81 (m, 2H), 3.09 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.16 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.29 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 9.88 (br s, 1H), 14.14 (s, 1H).
  • Step 3-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00077
  • In the same manner as in step 1-12, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (4.56 g) was obtained from the compound (4.94 g) obtained in step 3-4.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.33-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.20 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.84 (br s, 1H), 14.26 (br s, 1H).
  • Step 3-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00078
  • The compound (4.56 g) obtained in step 3-5 and 4N hydrochloric acid/ethyl acetate solution (91 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. The reaction suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure, hexane (100 ml) was added to the residue and the mixture was concentrated twice under reduced pressure. To the residue was added a mixed solution (100 ml) of diethyl ether/hexane=1/2 and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (4.88 g, 96%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.34-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 6.86 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 9.83 (t, 1H, J=5.6 Hz).
  • Example 4 Production of [(5,6-diethyl-7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 4-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00079
  • Under a nitrogen stream, the compound (3.98 g) obtained in the same manner as in step 1-6 and tetrahydrofuran (40 ml) were mixed, and a solution of iodine (3.4 g) in tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) was added dropwise under cooling with dry ice/denatured ethanol. To this mixture was added dropwise 1M lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (26.8 ml) over 10 min. After stirring as is for 2.5 hr, the reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (40 ml) and water (40 ml) under ice-cooling. To this mixture was added sodium sulfite (1.7 g), and the organic layer was separated from the mixture. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, the obtained residue was combined with the aqueous layer, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (70 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, sodium sulfate was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography. The obtained purification product was recrystallized from heptane/chloroform to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.295 g, 4%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.38 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.50 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 5.22 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.56 (m, 5H), 8.33 (s, 1H).
  • Step 4-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00080
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-8, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.019 g, 30%) was obtained from the compound (0.1 g) obtained in step 4-1.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.38 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.50 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (s, 2H), 5.73 (dd, 1H, J=17.7, 1.4 Hz), 5.76 (dd, 1H, J=11.5, 1.4 Hz), 6.05 (dd, 1H, J=11.5, 1.4 Hz), 6.77 (dd, 1H, J=17.7, 11.7 Hz), 6.87 (dd, 1H, J=17.7, 1.2 Hz), 7.14 (dd, 1H, J=17.7, 11.5 Hz), 7.35-7.44 (m, 5H), 8.37 (s, 1H).
  • Step 4-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00081
  • In the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.020 g, 75%) was obtained from the compound (0.036 g) obtained in step 4-2.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.23 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.36 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.52 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.78 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 3.25 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.64 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 8.26 (s, 1H), 13.10 (s, 1H)
  • Step 4-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00082
  • The compound (0.020 g) obtained in step 4-3 and 2-methoxyethanol (2 ml) were mixed, and glycine sodium salt (0.030 g) was added. After stirring at 130° C. for 1.5 hr, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. 1N Hydrochloric acid (0.34 ml) and water (10 ml) were added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure. To the obtained solid were added ethyl acetate (1 ml) and 4N hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate (0.1 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (0.052 mg, 67%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 1.15 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.72 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 3.20 (q, 2H, J=7.6 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 8.52 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J=5.6 Hz).
  • Example 5 Production of [(7-hydroxy-6-phenethyl[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 5-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00083
  • The compound (1.31 g) obtained by a method similar to Example 4, step 4-1, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.137 g) and tetrahydrofuran (15 ml) were mixed, and tri-n-butyltin hydride (0.7 ml) was added under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 20 min, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=10/0-1/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.44 g, 44%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.39 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.51 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 5.23 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.56 (m, 5H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H).
  • Step 5-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00084
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-8, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.078 g, 109%) was obtained from the compound (0.070 g) obtained in step 5-1.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.43 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.54 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 5.17 (s, 2H), 7.13 (d, 1H, J=9.3 Hz), 7.29-7.45 (m, 11H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H).
  • Step 5-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00085
  • In the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.037 g, 72%) was obtained from the compound (0.070 g) obtained in step 5-2.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.54 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.00 (s, 4H), 4.66 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.16-7.31 (m, 5H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 13.17 (s, 1H).
  • The compound obtained in this step was converted to hydrochloride in the same manner as in Example 4, step 4-4 and according to a conventional method to give the title compound.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 2.93 (s, 4H), 4.22 (d, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 7.19 (tt, 1H, J=7.1, 1.8 Hz), 7.23-7.31 (m, 4H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H).
  • Example 6 Production of [(5-butyl-6-chloro-7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 6-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00086
  • The compound (200 mg) obtained by a method similar to Example 4, step 4-1, hexachloroethane (224 mg) and tetrahydrofuran (4.0 ml) were mixed, and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (0.473 ml) was added at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 2 hr, the mixture was slowly warmed to −40° C. Thereafter, the mixture was added dropwise to saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and ethyl acetate was added. The organic layer was separated from the mixture, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed twice with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1-2/1) to give a crude product (180 mg) containing the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a main component.
  • Step 6-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00087
  • In the same manner as in Example 3, step 3-1, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (71 mg) was obtained from the compound (180 mg) obtained in step 6-1.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.37-1.47 (2H, m), 1.68-1.75 (2H, m), 3.32-3.37 (2H, m), 4.37 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 7.37-7.52 (5H, m), 8.57 (1H, s).
  • Step 6-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00088
  • The compound (70 mg) obtained in step 6-2 and trifluoroacetic acid (1 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. To this reaction mixture was added chloroform and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the concentrated residue was added 4N hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate (1 ml) and the mixture was stirred. Hexane (3 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred. The solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (50 mg, 83%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.31 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.37-1.45 (2H, m), 1.62-1.69 (2H, m), 3.17 (2H, t, J=7.7 Hz), 4.35 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 8.69 (1H, s).
  • Step 6-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00089
  • In the same manner as in Example 4, step 4-4, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (48 mg, 88%) was obtained from the compound (50 mg) obtained in step 6-3.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.36-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 4.15 (d, 2H, J=2.8 Hz), 8.74 (br s, 1H), 10.20 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 7 Production of [(7-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-phenethyl[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 7-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00090
  • 2,4,6-Trichloropyridine (50 g) and N,N-dimethylformamide (400 ml) were mixed, and sodium hydride (60% oil suspension) (11.5 g) was added by portions under ice-cooling. To this mixture was added dropwise under ice-cooling benzyl alcohol (28 ml) over 40 min, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 3 hr. Water (550 ml) was added dropwise under ice-cooling and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (50 g, 72%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.86 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.46 (m, 5H).
  • Step 7-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00091
  • Under cooling in a dry ice/acetone bath, tetrahydrofuran (250 ml) and n-butyllithium (1.65M, 119 ml) were mixed, a solution of the compound (50 g) obtained in step 7-1 in tetrahydrofuran (110 ml) was added dropwise over 30 min. To this mixture was added dropwise a solution of di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate (45 ml) in tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) over 1 hr, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. Water (450 ml) was added to quench the reaction, ethyl acetate (200 ml) was added to separate the organic layer and the organic layer was washed with water (200 ml) and saturated brine (200 ml). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=50/0-11/1) and the obtained solid was further slurried in hexane (100 ml) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (15.7 g, 31%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.53 (s, 9H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.46 (m, 5H).
  • Step 7-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00092
  • The compound (15 g) obtained in step 7-2 and 1,4-dioxane (150 ml) were mixed, potassium carbonate (18 g), phenylvinylboric acid (7.1 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (1.8 g) and water (45 ml) were added and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 hr with heating. Phenylvinylboric acid (0.64 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hr. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and water, ethyl acetate and saturated brine were added to separate the organic layer. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform). To the obtained solid was added isopropyl alcohol (100 ml) and the mixture was slurried at 70° C. for 0.5 hr and under ice-cooling to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (11.5 g, 62%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.55 (s, 9H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H, J=15.9 Hz), 7.30-7.44 (m, 8H), 7.56 (d, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=16.1 Hz).
  • Step 7-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00093
  • The compound (11.5 g) obtained in step 7-3, ethyl acetate (120 ml) and 2% platinum-carbon (2.5 g) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (3.8 kgf/cm2) at room temperature for 23 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (11.5 g, 100%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.55 (s, 9H), 3.02 (br s, 4H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.41 (m, 10H).
  • Step 7-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00094
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-4, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (11.9 g, 104%) was obtained from the compound (11.5 g) obtained in step 7-4.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.39 (s, 9H), 2.92 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 3.03 (t, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 4.05 (br s, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.43 (m, 10H), 8.10 (s, 1H).
  • Step 7-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00095
  • The compound (126 mg) obtained in step 7-5, p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (50 mg) and trimethyl orthoformate (1 ml) were mixed, toluene (1 ml) was added and the mixture was heated at 60° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was added dropwise at room temperature to saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and ethyl acetate was added to separate the organic layer. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the concentrated residue was purified by thin layer chromatography (eluent: chloroform/methanol=9:1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (32 mg, 24%).
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.51 (9H, s), 2.93 (3H, s), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 3.52 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 5.16 (2H, s), 6.72 (1H, s), 7.14-7.48 (10H, m).
  • Step 7-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00096
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-6, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (29 mg, 53%) was obtained from the compound (55 mg) obtained in step 7-6.
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.49 (9H, s), 2.52 (3H, s), 3.13 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 3.42 (2H, t, J=7.7 Hz), 5.16 (2H, s), 6.83 (1H, s), 7.15-7.19 (3H, m), 7.24-7.28 (2H, m), 7.32-7.44 (5H, m).
  • Step 7-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00097
  • The compound (54 mg) obtained in step 7-7 and chloroform (0.5 ml) were mixed, trifluoroacetic acid (0.22 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was azeotropically distilled with toluene to give a crude product (69 mg) containing the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a main component.
  • The compound obtained in this step was treated in the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-10 to step 1-12, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride by a conventional method to give the title compound.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 2.52 (s, 3H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.35 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 4.19 (d, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 6.69 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.31 (m, 5H), 9.81 (t, 1H, J=5.5 Hz).
  • Example 8 Production of {[8-(3,3-dimethyl-butyl)-6-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-5-carbonyl]amino}acetic acid hydrochloride Step 8-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00098
  • 2-Amino-3,5-dibromopyridine (50.4 g), 2,5-hexanedione (23.5 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (2.7 g) were dissolved in toluene (300 ml), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hr while removing water. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and saturated brine (once each). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product (66.6 g) of the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 2.00 (6H, s), 5.92 (2H, s), 8.22 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.63 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
  • Step 8-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00099
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-3, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (58.4 g, 82%) was obtained from the compound (66.6 g) obtained in step 8-1.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.99 (6H, s), 5.15 (2H, s), 5.89 (2H, s), 7.37-7.48 (5H, m), 7.64 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.31 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz).
  • Step 8-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00100
  • The compound (58.4 g) obtained in step 8-2, hydroxylammonium chloride (233 g), ethanol (600 ml) and water (350 ml) were mixed. To this mixture was added dropwise at room temperature triethylamine (46 ml), ethanol (100 ml) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux at a bath temperature of 95° C. for 89 hr. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, and 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (96 ml), 8N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (134 ml) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 ml) were successively added. Water (1800 ml) was added at room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 1 hr and a precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The precipitated solid was dried under reduced pressure overnight and the crude product (49 g) was slurried in 2-propanol (120 ml) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (34.3 g, 75%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 4.60 (2H, br s), 5.00 (2H, s), 7.31-7.40 (5H, m), 7.41 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz).
  • Step 8-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00101
  • The compound (7.25 g) obtained in step 8-3, N,N-dimethylformamide (11 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (11 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred with heating at 130° C. for 15 min. After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the obtained residue were added methanol (58 ml) and pyridine (4.2 ml), and hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid (4.1 g) was added to the mixture under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature overnight, water (29 ml) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (58 ml) were added under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (6.13 g, 78%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 5.09 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.66 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 8.19 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 8.29 (s, 1H).
  • Step 8-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00102
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-1, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.67 g, 49%) was obtained from the compound (10 g) obtained in step 8-4.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 5.33 (s, 2H), 7.31-7.49 (m, 5H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H).
  • Step 8-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00103
  • To the compound (5.68 g) obtained in step 8-5 was added toluene (57 ml), and N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal (4.5 ml) was added in 3 portions at 80° C. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform/ethyl acetate=10/1-4/1). Hexane was added to the obtained compound, and the precipitated solid was slurried to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (4.68 g, 69%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.39 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.53 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 5.21 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H).
  • Step 8-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00104
  • The compound (100 mg) obtained in step 8-6, tert-butylacetylene (0.1 ml), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (18 mg), and copper iodide(I) (5 mg) were added to a screw bottle. To this mixture were added tetrahydrofuran (0.4 ml) and triethylamine (0.8 ml) and the bottle was tightly sealed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, passed though a small amount of silica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by thin layer chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=2/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (85 mg, 85%).
  • Step 8-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00105
  • In the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (62 mg, 94%) was obtained from the compound (85 mg) obtained in step 8-7.
  • In the same manner as in Example 4, step 4-4, the title compound was obtained from the compound obtained in this step.
  • 1H-NMR δ: 0.98 (s, 9H), 1.57-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.99 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.42 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 10.42 (t, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 13.28 (s, 1H).
  • Example 9 Production of [(7-hydroxy-6-phenyl[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid Step 9-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00106
  • The hydroxyl-protecting group of the compound obtained in Example 1, step 1-3 was removed in the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5. To a solution of the obtained compound (3.30 g) in chloroform (30 ml) was added under ice-cooling N-bromosuccinimide (2.82 g). After stirring at room temperature for 5 hr, the reaction mixture was separated by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 ml). The organic layer was further washed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (5.37 g) as a crude product.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.66 (9H, s), 8.39 (1H, s), 12.77 (1H, s).
  • Step 9-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00107
  • To a solution of the compound (5.37 g) obtained in step 9-1 in N,N-dimethylformamide were added under ice-cooling potassium carbonate (2.19 g) and benzyl bromide (1.88 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hr. The reaction mixture was separated by adding water (50 ml) and ethyl acetate (50 ml). The organic layer was further washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1-1/2) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (3.73 g, 2 steps 65%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.58 (9H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 7.19-7.21 (2H, m), 7.37-7.46 (3H, m), 7.76 (1H, s).
  • Step 9-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00108
  • To the compound (610 mg) obtained in step 9-2 was added trifluoroacetic acid (180 ml) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (6 ml) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chloroform (6 ml) was added again to the residue, thionyl chloride (0.18 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide (one drop) were added, and the mixture was heated at 70° C. for 30 min. The obtained solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (540 mg, 98%).
  • Step 9-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00109
  • To a solution of the compound (540 mg) obtained in step 9-3 in tetrahydrofuran (6 ml) were added under ice-cooling diisopropylethylamine (0.29 ml) and glycine tert-butyl ester (0.21 ml), and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. To the reaction mixture were added diisopropylethylamine (0.29 ml) and tert-butyl carbazate, and the mixture was heated at 70° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1-3/2) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (790 mg, 92%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.30 (9H, s), 1.48 (9H, s), 4.05 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.24 (2H, s), 6.27 (1H, s), 7.14 (2H, t, J=4.1 Hz), 7.34-7.41 (3H, m), 7.47 (1H, s), 11.50 (1H, t, J=5.4 Hz), 11.83 (1H, s).
  • Step 9-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00110
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-8, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (280 g, 84%) was obtained from the compound (330 mg) obtained in step 9-4.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.31 (9H, s), 1.48 (9H, s), 4.06 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 6.16 (1H, s), 7.17 (2H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.18 (1H, s), 7.28-7.40 (6H, m), 7.43-7.46 (2H, m), 11.79 (1H, s), 11.85 (1H, t, J=5.4 Hz).
  • Step 9-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00111
  • In the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (86 mg, 87%) was obtained from the compound (120 mg) obtained in step 9-5.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.45 (9H, s), 1.49 (9H, s), 4.15 (2H, s), 7.06-7.29 (8H, m), 10.40 (1H, s), 10.95 (1H, s).
  • Step 9-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00112
  • To a solution of the compound (110 mg) obtained in step 9-6 in chloroform (0.3 ml) was added 4N hydrochloric acid dioxane solution (1 ml), and the mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (84 mg, 87%).
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.49 (9H, s), 4.04 (2H, s), 7.36-7.47 (5H, m), 7.57 (1H, s).
  • Step 9-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00113
  • To the compound (41 mg) obtained in step 9-7 was added trimethyl orthoformate (0.41 ml), and the mixture was heated at 100° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in chloroform (1 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 4N hydrochloric acid dioxane solution (1 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was slurried in water to give the title compound (29 mg, 89%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 4.06 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 7.39-7.46 (3H, m), 7.60 (2H, dd, J=8.3, 1.4 Hz), 8.39 (1H, s), 8.86 (1H, s), 10.50 (1H, t, J=5.7 Hz), 12.59 (1H, s), 13.75 (1H, s).
  • Example 10 Production of [(7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid hydrochloride Step 10-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00114
  • In the same manner as in the deprotection reaction of the carboxyl-protecting group in Example 9, step 9-8, a crude product containing the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a main component was obtained from the compound (0.050 g) obtained in Example 1, step 1-5.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 5.60 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.69 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 9.03 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 9.48 (s, 1H).
  • Step 10-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00115
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-10, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.024 g, 41%) was obtained from the compound obtained in step 10-1.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.51 (s, 9H), 4.23 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 5.35 (s, 2H), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 7.26-7.51 (m, 5H), 8.10 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 8.67 (s, 1H), 9.66 (br s, 1H).
  • The compound obtained in this step was subjected to removal of the hydroxyl-protecting group and carboxyl-protecting group in the same manner as above, and the obtained compound was converted to hydrochloride by a conventional method to give the title compound.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 4.07 (s, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 8.32 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 8.99 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11 Production of [(6-hydroxy[1,2,3]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-7-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid Step 11-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00116
  • 2-Bromo-5-hydroxypyridine (5.8 g), N,N-dimethylformamide (58 ml) and potassium carbonate (5.1 g) were mixed, benzyl bromide (4.4 ml) was added under ice-cooling and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hr. To the reaction mixture were added ethyl acetate (58 ml) and water (87 ml) and the organic layer was separated from the mixture and washed successively with water (60 ml, 30 ml) twice and with saturated brine (30 ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1-7/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (7.4 g, 83%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 5.09 (s, 2H), 7.15 (dd, 1H, J=8.1, 3.2 Hz), 7.33-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.40-7.41 (m, 4H), 8.13 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz).
  • Step 11-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00117
  • To n-butyllithium (1.54 mol/l hexane solution 25 ml) was added dropwise a solution of the compound (1 g) obtained in step 11-1 in toluene (4 ml) at −78° C. over 7 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 50 min, and a solution of N,N-dimethylformamide (0.352 ml) in toluene (4 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was further stirred at −78° C. for 1 hr, water (6 ml) was added at −10° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The organic layer and the aqueous layer were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted twice with toluene (5 ml). The organic layers were combined and washed with saturated brine (10 ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1-7/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (641 mg, 79%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 5.21 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.45 (m, 6H), 7.95 (d, 1H, J=8.9 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=2.8 Hz), 9.99 (s, 1H).
  • Step 11-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00118
  • The compound (637 mg) obtained in step 11-2, methanol (6.4 ml) and tosylhydrazide (574 mg) were mixed, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 10 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, morpholine (6.4 ml) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and ethyl acetate (12 ml), 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 ml) and water (5 ml) were added. Further, tetrahydrofuran (6 ml) was added and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (5 ml), and the organic layers were combined and washed with saturated brine (10 ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained solid was slurried in diisopropyl ether to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (566 mg, 84%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 5.12 (s, 2H), 7.11 (dd, 1H, J=9.7, 2.0 Hz), 7.36-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.61 (dd, 1H, J=9.7, 0.8 Hz), 7.99 (d, 1H, J=0.8 Hz), 8.34 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz).
  • Step 11-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00119
  • The compound (200 mg) obtained in step 11-3 and tetrahydrofuran (2 ml) were mixed, and lithium diisopropylamide (2M tetrahydrofuran, heptane, ethylbenzene solution, 0.45 ml) was added at −40° C. After stirring at −40° C. for 1 hr, dry ice was added, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature by stirring for 1 hr. Thereafter, methanol (2 ml) was added, and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme as a crude product. This was directly used for the next step.
  • Step 11-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00120
  • In the same manner as in Example 1, step 1-10, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (85 mg, 28% (2 step)) was obtained from the crude product obtained in step 11-4.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.38 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 5.32 (s, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.79 (br s, 1H).
  • Step 11-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00121
  • In the same manner as in Example 2, step 2-5, the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (40 mg, 76%) was obtained from the compound (72 mg) obtained in step 11-5.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.37 (d, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 7.17 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 8.12 (s, 1H), 10.57 (br s, 1H), 13.56 (s, 1H).
  • The compound obtained in this step was subjected to removal of the carboxyl group in the same manner as above to give the title compound.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 8.20 (d, 1H, J=9.7 Hz), 8.39 (s, 1H), 10.36 (t, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 13.82 (s, 1H).
  • Example 116 Production of [(7-hydroxy-5-phenethyl[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid Step 116-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00122
  • Cyanamide (1.4 g) and 1,4-dioxane (20 ml) were mixed, and dimethyl 1,3-acetonedicarboxylate (2.0 g) and nickel(II) acetylacetonate (0.30 g) were added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 16 hr. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, stirred for 1 hr and the resulting solid was collected by filtration. To the obtained solid was added methanol (6.0 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. The solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (1.4 g, 64%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 2H), 10.29 (s, 1H), 11.51 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00123
  • The compound (30 g) obtained in step 116-1, phosphorus oxychloride (150 ml) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (30 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and azeotropically distilled 3 times with toluene. Under ice-cooling, methanol (30 ml) and water (150 ml) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, and combined with the solid resulting from the filtrate. Methanol (50 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The solid was collected by filtration to give primary crystals. The filtrate was concentrated, and methanol (10 ml) was added to the residue, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give a secondary crystal. The primary crystal and the secondary crystal were combined to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (21 g, 59%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 7.16 (br s, 2H).
  • Step 116-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00124
  • The compound (2.2 g) obtained in step 116-2 and 2-propanol (31 ml) were mixed, and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (2.9 ml) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, hydroxylamine.hydrochloride (1.4 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated to an about half amount, and water (40 ml) and 2-propanol (6.6 ml) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (2.2 g, 84%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H, J=9.5 Hz), 10.12 (d, 1H, J=9.5 Hz), 10.83 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00125
  • The compound (0.66 g) obtained in step 116-3 and tetrahydrofuran (6.6 ml) were mixed, and trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.37 ml) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 22 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent: chloroform/ethyl acetate=4/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.32 g, 51%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.99 (s, 3H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00126
  • The compound (1.0 g) obtained in step 116-4, phenethylboronic acid (1.2 g), potassium carbonate (1.7 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (0.083 g), cyclopentyl methyl ether (6.0 ml) and water (0.15 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was stirred with heating at 50° C. for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the organic layer was washed twice with 3% aqueous diethylenetriamine solution (10 ml) and saturated brine (5 ml). Sodium sulfate and metal scavenger silica gel (1 g) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, and filtered through a Kiriyama funnel packed with silica gel (1 g). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (1.87 g) as a crudely purified product.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.17 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 4.08 (s, 3H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.28 (m, 5H), 8.42 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-6
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00127
  • The compound (1.87 g) obtained in step 116-5 and tetrahydrofuran were mixed, and 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (4.0 ml) was added under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hr, the reaction mixture was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.4 ml) under ice-cooling. To the suspension were added ethanol (5 ml) and water (1.3 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr. The solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.847 g, 69%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.13 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.45 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23-7.31 (m, 5H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 14.19 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-7
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00128
  • The compound (0.200 g) obtained in step 116-6, acetonitrile (1.0 ml), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.122 g) and glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.100 g) were mixed, and triethylamine (0.111 ml) and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.153 g) were added under ice-cooling. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (2 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.194 g, 78%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.18 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.34 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.33 (m, 5H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-8
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00129
  • The compound (0.150 g) obtained in step 116-7, 2-ethoxyethanol (0.75 ml) and 8N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.23 ml) were mixed and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 18 hr. To this mixture were added ethanol (0.75 ml) and water (0.23 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The solid was collected by filtration to give a crudely purified product of the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.19 g).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 2.99-3.11 (m, 4H), 3.58 (d, 2H, J=4.4 Hz), 6.01 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 11.23 (t, 1H, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Step 116-9
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00130
  • The compound (0.19 g) obtained in step 116-8 and water (0.63 ml) were mixed and the mixture was warmed to 50° C. Acetone (0.78 ml) and 6N hydrochloric acid (0.2 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hr. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr, the solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.11 g, 80%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.12 (t, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 3.40 (t, 3H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.22 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.79 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 5H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 12.97 (s, 1H), 14.22 (s, 1H).
  • Step 116-10
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00131
  • The compound (0.050 g) obtained in step 116-9 and methanol (3 ml) were mixed and the mixture was heated to 60° C. The solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred for one day. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (0.031 g, 61%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 3.12 (t, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 3.40 (t, 3H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.22 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.79 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 5H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 12.97 (s, 1H), 14.22 (s, 1H).
  • Example 117 Production of [(5-butyl-7-hydroxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-8-carbonyl)amino]acetic acid Step 117-1
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00132
  • The compound (0.050 g) obtained in step 116-4, butylboronic acid (0.042 g), silver(I) oxide (0.071 g), potassium carbonate (0.084 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1) (0.008 g) and tetrahydrofuran (1.0 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 10 hr. Insoluble material was filtered off through celite, and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and ethyl acetate were added. The organic layer was separated from the mixture. The organic layer was washed twice with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by thin layer chromatography (eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate=1/1) to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.046 g, 77%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.00 (t, 3H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.45-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.87 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.08 (s, 3H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H).
  • Step 117-2
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00133
  • The compound (0.043 g) obtained in step 117-1 and methanol (0.22 ml) were mixed, and 28% sodium methoxide methanol solution (0.014 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Water (0.22 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. 1N Hydrochloric acid (0.16 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.026 g, 66%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.01 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.46-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.90 (m, 2H), 3.21 (t, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.15 (s, 3H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H).
  • Step 117-3
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00134
  • The compound (0.025 g) obtained in step 117-2 and N,N-dimethylformamide (0.50 ml) were mixed, and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.016 g) and glycine tert-butylester (0.015 ml) and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.020 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. Under ice-cooling, 5% aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.033 g, 94%).
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.00 (t, 4H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz). 6.72 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 9.72 (t, 1H, J=4.2 Hz).
  • Step 117-4
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00135
  • The compound (0.030 g) obtained in step 117-3 and 25% hydrogen bromide acetic acid solution (0.60 ml) were mixed, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the obtained residue were added water (0.60 ml) and 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.23 ml) under ice-cooling. Then, 2N hydrochloric acid (0.23 ml) was added under ice-cooling, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give the compound described in the above-mentioned scheme (0.010 g, 42%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) β: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.33-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.20 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.84 (br s, 1H), 14.26 (br s, 1H).
  • Step 117-5
  • Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00136
  • The compound (0.100 g) obtained in step 117-4 and methyl ethyl ketone (1.0 ml) were mixed, and heated to 80° C. Heptane (1.0 ml) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solid was collected by filtration to give the title compound (0.089 g, 89%).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-D6) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.33-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.20 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.84 (br s, 1H), 14.26 (br s, 1H).
  • In the same manner as in the above-mentioned Examples 1 to 11, Example 116 or 117, or other conventional methods as necessary, the compounds of Examples 12 to 115 and Examples 118 to 122 shown in the following Tables 3 to 24 were produced.
  • The structural formulas and property data of the compounds of Examples 1 to 122 are shown in the following Tables 1 to 24.
  • TABLE 1
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δppm (M + H) (M − H)
    1 {[5-(4-fluoro- 3- trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00137
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.82 (m, 1H), 8.34- 8.43 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.51 (m, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 399 397
    2 [(7-hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbanyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00138
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.41 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.33 (m, 5H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, 341 339
    J = 5.6 Hz).
    3 [(5-butyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00139
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.39 (td, 2H, J = 14.8, 7.4 Hz), 1.72-1.79 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 293 291
    4.21 (d, 2H, J =
    5.5 Hz), 6.85 (s,
    1H), 8.56 (s,
    1H), 9.84 (t, 1H,
    J = 5.6 Hz).
    4 [(5,6-diethyl- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00140
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.15 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz), 2.72 (q, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 3.20 (q, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 8.52 (s, 293 291
    1H), 9.95 (t, 1H,
    J = 5.6 Hz).
    5 [(7-hydroxy-6- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00141
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.93 (s, 4H), 4.22 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.19 (tt, 1H, J = 7.1, 1.8 Hz), 7.23-7.31 (m, 4H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H). 341 339
  • TABLE 2
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
     6 [(5-butyl-6- chloro-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00142
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.36-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 4.15 (d, 2H, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.74 (br s, 1H), 10.20 (br s, 1H). 327 325
     7 [(7-hydroxy-2- methyl-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00143
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.52 (s, 3H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.35 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.19 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 6.69 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.31 (m, 5H), 9.18 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 355 353
     8 {[8-(3,3- dimethylbutyl)- 6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00144
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.98 (s, 9H), 1.57-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.99 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz), 7.42 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 10.42 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz), 13.28 (s, 1H). 321 319
     9 [(7-hydroxy-6- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00145
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.06 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.39-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.60 (dd, 2H, J = 8.3, 1.4 Hz), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 10.50 (t, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz), 12.59 (s, 1H), 13.75 (s, 1H). 313 311
    10 [(7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00146
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.07 (s, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.32 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.99 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H). 237 235
    11 [(6- hydroxy[1,2,3] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-7- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00147
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 8.20 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 8.39 (s, 1H), 10.36 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 13.82 (s, 1H). 237 235
  • TABLE 3
    MS
    Ex. compound MS (M −
    No. name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) H)
    12 [(7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00148
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.22 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.93 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 9.81-9.91 (m, 1H). 237 235
    13 [(7-hydroxy-2- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00149
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.27 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.94 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.55-7.58 (m, 3H), 8.31-8.33 (m, 2H), 9.00 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 10.11 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz). 313 311
    14 ({5-[2-(4- chlorophenyl) ethyl]-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00150
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.12 (2H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.40 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.21 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.80 (1H, s), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.35 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.59 (1H, s), 9.85 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz). 375 373
    15 [(2- cyclopropyl-7- hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00151
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.04-1.12 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.23 (m, 1H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.29-3.37 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.18- 7.32 (m, 5H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 4.9 Hz), 14.10 (s, 1H). 381 379
    16 ({7-hydroxy-5- [2-(4- trifluoromethyl phenyl)ethyl] [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00152
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.21 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.44 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.20 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz), 6.83 (1H, s), 7.48 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.59 (1H, s), 9.81-9.88 (1H, m). 409 407
    17 ({5-[2-(4- fluorophenyl) ethyl]-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00153
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.11 (2H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.39 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.21 (2H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.80 (1H, s), 7.07- 7.16 (2H, m), 7.23-7.30 (2H, m), 8.60 (1H, s), 9.85 (1H, t, J = 5.4 Hz). 359 357
  • TABLE 4
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    18 {[7-hydroxy-5- (3-methylbutyl) [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino}acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00154
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.95 (6H, d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.58-1.70 (3H, m), 3.07- 3.13 (2H, m), 4.21 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.87 (1H, s), 8.57 (1H, s), 9.85 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz). 307 305
    19 ({5-[2-(3,5- difluorophenyl) ethyl]-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00155
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.15 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.42 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.20 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.83 (1H, s), 6.97- 7.11 (3H, m), 8.58-8.61 (1H, m), 9.79-9.89 (1H, m). 377 375
    20 [(5-cyclo- pentylmethyl- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00156
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.21-1.32 (2H, m), 1.45- 1.55 (2H, m), 1.59-1.74 (4H, m), 2.40-2.49 (1H, m), 3.09 (2H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.21 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.88 (1H, s), 8.55 (1H, s), 9.85 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz). 319 317
    21 {[5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00157
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.56 (tt, 1H, J = 9.3, 2.3 Hz), 7.78-7.86 (m, 2H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.8 Hz). 349 347
    22 [(7-hydroxy-5- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00158
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.99-8.02 (m, 2H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 313 311
    23 {[5-(3-chloro- 4- fluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00159
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.67 (dd, 1H, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz), 8.05 (ddd, 1H, J = 8.9, 2.4, 4.8 Hz), 8.30 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz). 365 363
  • TABLE 5
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    24 {[5-(3,3- dimethylbutyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00160
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.98 (s, 9H), 1.59-1.70 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 321 319
    25 {[5-(3,4- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00161
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.69 (dt, 1H, J = 15.0, 5.3 Hz), 7.92- 7.94 (m, 1H), 8.17 (ddd, 1H, J = 11.9, 7.7, 2.2 Hz), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 349 347
    26 {[7-hydroxy-5- (p-tolyl) [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00162
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.42 (s, 3H), 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.93 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.97 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 327 325
    27 [(5- cyclohexyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00163
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.21- 1.62 (5H, m), 1.69-1.79 (1H, m), 1.80- 1.88 (2H, m), 1.98-2.09 (2H, m), 3.31-3.43 (1H, m), 4.20 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz), 6.76 (1H, s), 8.56 (1H, s), 9.80- 9.87 (1H, m). 319 317
    28 [(5-cyclohexyl- methyl-7-hydroxy [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00164
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.98- 1.23 (5H, m), 1.56-1.70 (5H, m), 1.90-1.99 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.21 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.84 (1H, s), 8.55 (1H, s), 9.85 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz). 333 331
  • TABLE 6
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    29 {[7-hydroxy-5- (3-phenylpropyl) [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino}acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00165
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.07-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.71 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.31 (m, 5H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 355 353
    30 [(5- cyclopentyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00166
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.68-1.84 (m, 6H), 2.14-2.21 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.76 (m, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 6.83 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 305 303
    31 {[5-(3-fluoro- 5- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00167
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.23 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 10.00 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 399 397
    32 {[5-(4- fluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino}acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00168
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 2H), 8.07- 8.13 (m, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.97 (t, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz). 331 329
    33 {[7-hydroxy-5- (3- trifluoromethyl phenyl) [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00169
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.84 (t, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.98 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.28 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 10.00 (t, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz). 381 379
  • TABLE 7
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    34 {[5-(2- fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00170
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, 1H, J = 9.1, 9.1 Hz), 8.10 (ddd, 1H, J = 9.1, 4.5, 2.0 Hz), 8.24 (dd, 1H, J = 6.4, 2.0 Hz), 8.57 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 399 397
    35 [(7-hydroxy- 5-isopropyl [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl) amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00171
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.37 (d, 6H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.67 (sept, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.82 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 279 277
    36 {[5-(3- chloro-5- trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00172
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.37 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 415 413
    37 {[5-(3- cyanophenyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00173
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.81 (t, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.08 (dt, 1H, J = 7.9, 1.0 Hz), 8.34 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.48 (t, 1H, J = 1.3 Hz), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz). 338 336
    38 ({5-[2-(4- cyclopropyl- phenyl)ethyl]- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00174
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.59-0.64 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.93 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.90 (m, 1H), 3.06 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.37 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.11 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 381 379
  • TABLE 8
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    39 {[5-(2,2- dimethylpropyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00175
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.97 (s, 9H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.78 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 9.88 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 307 305
    40 {[5-(1- ethylpropyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00176
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.78 (t, 6H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.72-1.94 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.48 (m, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.88 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 307 305
    41 {[5-(3-chloro- 5-fluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00177
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dt, 1H, J = 8.7, 2.1 Hz), 7.88-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.98-8.00 (m, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.97 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 365 363
    42 {[5-(3- fluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00178
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.47 (tdd, 1H, J = 8.6, 2.6, 0.7 Hz), 7.64 (td, 1H, J = 8.1, 6.0 Hz), 7.87 (dt, 1H, J = 7.8, 1.0 Hz), 7.90 (dt, 1H, J = 10.1, 2.1 Hz), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz). 331 329
    43 [(7-hydroxy-5- isobutyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00179
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.94 (d, 6H, J = 6.9 Hz), 2.28 (tsept, 1H, J = 6.9, 7.3 Hz), 2.98 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 293 291
    44 {[5-(3- chlorophenyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00180
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.98 (br s, 1H), 12.99 (br s, 1H), 14.38 (br s, 1H). 347, 349 345, 347
  • TABLE 9
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    45 {[5-(2- ethylbutyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00181
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.85 (t, 6H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.25-1.39 (m, 4H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 1H), 3.03 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 6.87 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 321 319
    46 {[5-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00182
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 3H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.89 (t, 1H, J = 3.5 Hz), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.99 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 381, 383 379, 381
    47 {[5-(2- cyclopropyl- ethyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00183
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.00-0.05 (2H, m), 0.35-0.42 (2H, m), 0.72-0.81 (1H, m), 1.64-1.73 (2H, m), 4.20 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.86 (1H, s), 8.55 (1H, s), 9.79-9.87 (1H, m). 305 303
    48 {[5-(3,3- dimethylpentyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00184
    1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ: 0.91 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz), 0.98 (s, 6H), 1.39 (q, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.70 (ddd, 2H, J = 8.7, 4.7, 3.8 Hz), 3.08-3.14 (m, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H). 335 333
    49 {[7-hydroxy-5- (3,4,5- trifluorophenyl) [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino}acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00185
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.28 (s, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 2H, J = 9.0, 6.8 Hz), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.1 Hz). 367 365
    50 {[5-(4- chlorophenyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00186
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, 2H, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.05 (d, 2H, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 347 345
  • TABLE 10
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    51 [(7-hydroxy-5- (m-tolyl) [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00187
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.42 (3H, s), 4.24 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.09 (1H, s), 7.41-7.51 (2H, m), 7.78-7.84 (2H, m), 8.58 (1H, s), 9.98 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz). 327 325
    52 {[5-(3- cyclopropyl-5- fluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00188
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.82- 0.86 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.06 (m, 2H), 2.03- 2.10 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.15-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H, J = 1.4, 1.4 Hz), 7.62- 7.65 (m, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 371 369
    53 [(5-cyclobutyl- methyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00189
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.72- 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.80- 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.20 (d, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 4.20 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.79 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.83 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 305 303
    hydrochloride
    54 {[5-(2- cyclobutylethyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00190
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.54- 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.95- 2.06 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.37 (m, 1H), 3.00 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.85 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 319 317
    55 {[5-(2-fluoro-3- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00191
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.25 (1H, s), 7.61- 7.68 (1H, m), 8.03-8.13 (2H, m), 8.57 (1H, s), 9.87-10.01 (1H, m). 399 397
  • TABLE 11
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    56 {[5-(3-chloro- 2-fluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00192
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.21 (1H, s), 7.47 (1H, dd, J = 7.9, 3.9 Hz), 7.73 (1H, dd, J = 7.1, 3.5 Hz), 7.88 (1H, dd, J = 7.7, 3.8 Hz), 8.56 (1H, s), 9.95 (1H, t, J = 5.0 Hz). 365 363
    57 {[7-hydroxy-5- (4-trifluoromethyl phenyl) [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00193
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.23 (1H, s), 7.96 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.21 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.59 (1H, s), 9.99 (1H, t, J = 5.3 Hz). 381 379
    58 [(5-cycloheptyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00194
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.52- 1.86 (m, 10H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.59 (m, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 6.78 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.86 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 333 331
    59 {[5-(2,3- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00195
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.45 (tdd, 1H, J = 8.2, 4.9, 1.4 Hz), 7.59 (ddt, 1H, J = 8.3, 5.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.70- 7.77 (m, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 349 347
    60 {[5-(2- cyclopentylethyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00196
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.11- 1.19 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.74- 1.87 (m, 5H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.87 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 333 331
  • TABLE 12
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    61 {[5-(2- fluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00197
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.41- 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.78 (m, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 331 329
    62 {[5-(4-chloro- 2-fluorophenyl)- 7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00198
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J = 8.1, 1.4 Hz), 7.74 (dd, 1H, J = 10.0, 1.4 Hz), 7.81 (dd, 1H, J = 8.1, 8.1 Hz), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.94 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz). 365 363
    63 {[5-(4- fluorobenzyl)-7- hydroxy[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00199
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.20 (2H, d, J = 5.5 Hz), 4.46 (2H, s), 6.74 (1H, s), 7.16 (2H, dd, J = 8.9, 4.5 Hz), 7.45 (2H, dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz), 8.57 (1H, s), 9.83 (1H, t, J = 5.4 Hz). 345 343
    64 (R)-2-{[5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} propionic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00200
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.52 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.58-4.67 (m, 1H), 7.28 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 8.62 (s, 1H), 10.08-10.15 (br m, 1H). 363 361
    65 [(7-hydroxy-5- propyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00201
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.97 (t, 3H, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.80 (tq, 2H, J = 7.4, 7.4 Hz), 3.07 (t, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 4.21 (d, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz), 6.85 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.7 Hz). 279 277
  • TABLE 13
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    66 2-{[5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy- [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino}propionic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00202
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.52 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.58-4.67 (m, 1H), 7.28 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 8.62 (s, 1H), 10.08- 10.15 (br m, 1H). 363 361
    67 (S)-2-{[5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} propionic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00203
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.52 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.60-4.67 (m, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.56 (t, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 7.82 (d, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 8.61 (s, 1H), 10.10 (d, 1H, J = 6.6 Hz), 13.16 (br s, 1H), 14.32 (s, 1H). 363 361
    68 2-{[5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino}- 2- methylpropanoic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00204
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.63 (s, 6H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.83 (m, 2H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H). 377 375
    69 (S)-2-[(7- hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] propionic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00205
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.49 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.41 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.56-4.63 (m, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.33 (m, 5H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.97 (d, 1H, J = 7.1 Hz). 355 353
    70 (R)-2-[(7- hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-a] pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] propionic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00206
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.49 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.41 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.56- 4.63 (m, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.33 (m, 5H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.97 (d, 1H, J = 7.1 Hz). 355 353
  • TABLE 14
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    71 [(7-hydroxy-6- pentyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00207
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.87 (t, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.28-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.61 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.62 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.21 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 14.81 (s, 1H). 307 305
    72 {[7-hydroxy-5- (5-methyl- thiophen-2- yl)[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00208
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.58 (s, 3H), 4.23 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.07 (d, 1H, J = 3.7 Hz), 7.50 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 8.67 (s, 333 331
    1H), 9.85-9.90
    (br m, 1H).
    73 [(5-hexyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00209
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.85 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.23-1.41 (6H, m), 1.71- 1.81 (2H, m), 3.08 (2H, t, J = 321 319
    7.7 Hz), 4.20
    (2H, d, J = 5.6
    Hz), 6.85 (1H,
    s), 8.56 (1H,
    s), 9.79-9.86
    (1H, m).
    74 [(7-hydroxy-5- pentyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00210
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.84- 0.91 (m, 3H), 1.29-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.83 (m, 2H), 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.21 (d, 307 305
    2H, J = 5.4
    Hz), 6.86 (s,
    1H), 8.56 (s,
    1H), 9.83 (t,
    1H, J = 5.4
    Hz).
    75 {[5-(2,5- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00211
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.67- 7.73 (m, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz). 349 347
  • TABLE 15
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    76 {[7-hydroxy-5- (2,3,5- trifluorophenyl) [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 8-carbonyl] amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00212
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.86- 7.93 (m, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.95 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz). 367 365
    77 {[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00213
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.50- 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.89 (m, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.94 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz). 349 347
    78 {[5-(4-chloro-3- fluorophenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00214
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.93 (dd, 1H, J = 8.5, 1.6 Hz), 8.13 (dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 2.0 Hz), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.98 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz). 365 363
    79 {[5-(3-fluoro-5- methylphenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00215
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.43 (s, 3H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 7.70 (d, 2H, J = 10.4 Hz), 8.60 (d, 1H, J = 0.7 Hz), 9.99 (t, 345 343
    1H, J = 5.3
    Hz).
    80 [(6-chloro-7- hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00216
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.05 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.56 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.17 (d, 2H, J = 5.1 Hz), 7.16-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.23- 7.29 (m, 2H), 375 373
    8.60 (s, 1H).
    81 [(6-chloro-7- hydroxy-5- propyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00217
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.28 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.16-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.36 313 311
    (s, 1H), 8.68
    (s, 1H), 10.42
    (t, 1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.26 (s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 16
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    82 {[5-(4- cyclcpropyl-2- fluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00218
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.82- 0.86 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.10 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.11 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.15 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 371 369
    Hz), 7.62 (dd,
    1H, J = 7.7,
    7.7 Hz), 8.53
    (s, 1H), 9.94
    (t, 1H, J = 5.6
    Hz).
    83 [(6-hydroxy-8- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00219
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.50-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 8.74 (s, 1H), 10.53 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 313 311
    Hz), 13.36 (s,
    1H).
    84 {[8-(3-chloro- phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00220
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.58-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 6.15- 8.21 (m, 1H), 8.37-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 10.54 (t, 347 345
    1H, J = 5.4
    Hz), 13.06 (s,
    1H), 13.36 (s,
    1H).
    85 {[8-(3,5- difluorophenyl)- 6-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00221
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.47 (tt, 1H, J = 9.3, 2.3 Hz), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.06- 8.14 (m, 2H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 10.54 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz), 13.35 (s, 1H). 349 347
    86 [(8-benzyl-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00222
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 4.33 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.28- 7.33 (m, 2H), 327 325
    7.35 (s, 1H),
    7.38-7.41 (m,
    2H), 8.66 (s,
    1H), 10.40 (t,
    1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.27 (s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 17
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    87 [(6-hydroxy-8- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00223
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.28 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.16-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 8.68 341 339
    (s, 1H), 10.42
    (t, 1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.26 (s,
    1H).
    88 {[8-(2-chloro- phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00224
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.49-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.60- 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.67 (dd, 1H, J = 7.9, 1.4 Hz), 8.66 (s, 1H), 10.50 (t, 1H, J = 347 345
    5.6 Hz),
    13.06 (s, 1H),
    13.37 (s, 1H).
    89 {[8-(3,5- dichloro- phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00225
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.80 (t, 1H, J = 1.9 Hz), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 2H, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.77 (s, 1H), 10.53 (t, 1H, J = 5.3 Hz), 13.34 (s, 381 379
    1H).
    90 ({8-[2-{4- fluorophenyl) ethyl]-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00226
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.27 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.10 (t, 2H, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.26 (dd, 359 357
    2H, J = 8.7,
    5.8 Hz), 7.35
    (s, 1H), 8.66
    (s, 1H), 10.42
    (t, 1H, J = 5.3
    Hz), 13.26 (s,
    1H).
    91 [(8-cyclo- hexylmethyl-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00227
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.94- 1.23 (m, 5H), 1.53-1.70 (m, 5H), 1.80-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.86 (d, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.25 (d, 333 331
    2H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 7.36 (s,
    1H), 8.62 (s,
    1H), 10.42 (t,
    1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.28 (s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 18
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    92 [(8-cyclahexyl- 6-hydroxy [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00228
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.23- 1.34 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.73- 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.96 (m, 2H), 3.15- 319 317
    3.22 (m, 1H),
    4.25 (d, 2H, J =
    5.6 Hz), 7.33
    (s, 1H), 8.63
    (s, 1H), 10.42
    (t, 1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.29 (s,
    1H).
    93 [(8-cyclohex-1- enyl-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00229
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.62- 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.49- 2.54 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.58- 317 315
    7.61 (m, 1H),
    8.66 (s, 1H),
    10.48 (t, 1H, J =
    5.6 Hz),
    13.28 (s, 1H).
    94 {[8-(3-chloro- 4-fluoro- phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00230
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.64 (t, 1H, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.94 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dq, 1H, J = 8.7, 2.3 Hz), 8.57 (dd, 1H, J = 365 363
    7.2, 2.3 Hz),
    8.77 (s, 1H),
    10.52 (t, 1H, J =
    5.5 Hz),
    13.36 (s, 1H).
    95 {[8-(3,4- dichlorophenyl)- 6-hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00231
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.84 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.25 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 2.2 Hz), 8.60 (d, 1H, J = 2.2 381 379
    Hz), 8.77 (s,
    1H), 10.52 (t,
    1H, J = 5.5
    Hz), 13.35 (s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 19
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    96 {[8-(5- chlorothiophen- 2-yl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00232
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.26 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.35 (d, 1H, J = 4.2 Hz), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H, J = 4.2 Hz), 8.78 (s, 1H), 10.41 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz), 13.35 353 351
    (s, 1H).
    97 {[8-(3,5-bis- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00233
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4-29 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 2H), 10.55 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz), 13.36 (s, 1H). 449 447
    98 {[8-(2-cyclo- hexylethyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00234
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.85- 1.34 (m, 6H), 1.53-1.82 (m, 7H), 2.94-3.02 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.40 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 10.41 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz), 13.28 347 345
    (s, 1H).
    99 {[8-(2-cyclo- pentylethyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00235
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 1.07- 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.86 (m, 5H), 2.93- 3.02 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.40 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 333 331
    1H), 10.41 (t,
    1H, J = 5.6 Hz),
    13.28 (s, 1H).
    100  ({6-hydroxy-8- [2-(2- trifluoromethyl phenyl)ethyl] [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine-5- carbonyl}amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00236
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.21- 3.35 (m, 4H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.44 (t, 1H,) J = 7.5 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.63 (t, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.70 (d, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 8.68 (s, 409 407
    1H), 10.43 (t,
    1H, J = 5.6 Hz),
    13.28 (s, 1H).
  • TABLE 20
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    101 ({6-hydroxy-8- [2-(3- trifluoromethyl phenyl)ethyl] [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 5-carbonyl} amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00237
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.20 (dd, 2H, J = 9.4, 6.5 Hz), 3.32 (dd, 2H, J = 9.4, 6.5 Hz), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.49- 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 10.42 (t, 1H, J = 409 407
    5.6 Hz),
    13.27 (s, 1H).
    102 ({6-hydroxy-8- [2-(4- trifluoromethyl phenyl)ethyl] [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 5-carbonyl} amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00238
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.17- 3.24 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.36 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.65 (d, 2H, J = 7.9 409 407
    Hz), 8.68 (s,
    1H), 10.42 (t,
    1H, J = 5.6
    Hz), 13.27 (s,
    1H).
    103 {[8-(3-chloro-5- cyclopropyl- phenyl)-yl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00239
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.84- 0.90 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.06 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.10 (m, 1H), 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz), 7.31 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.83 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.93 (s, 1H), 387 385
    8.13 (dd, 1H, J =
    1.8, 1.8 Hz),
    8.75 (s, 1H),
    10.53 (t, 1H, J =
    5.4 Hz),
    13.35 (s, 1H).
    104 {[8-(3-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00240
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.29 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 10.54 (t, 399 397
    1H, J = 5.5
    Hz), 13.36 (s,
    1H).
    105 {[8-(3-chloro-5- fluorophenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00241
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.28 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.62-7.67 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.13- 8.19 (m, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 10.54 (t, 1H, J = 5.3 Hz), 365 363
    13.35 (s, 1H).
  • TABLE 21
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) M − H)
    106 {[8-(4-fluoro-3- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00242
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.29 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.71-7.80 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.56- 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.73-8.82 (m, 2H), 10.53 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz), 13.37 (s, 399 397
    1H).
    107 [(6-hydroxy [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00243
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.27 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 8.09 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 8.68 (s, 1H), 10.49 (t, 1H, J = 5.3 237 235
    Hz), 13.29 (br, s,
    1H).
    108 {[8-(4-chloro- phenyl)-6- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00244
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 7.62-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.26- 8.31 (m, 2H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 10.53 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 13.31 347 345
    (br s, 1H).
    109 ({8-[2-(3,5- difluoro- phenyl)ethyl]- 6-hydroxy [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine- 5-caxbonyl} amino) acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00245
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.13 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.30 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.98-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 10.42 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 377 375
    Hz), 13.27 (br s,
    1H).
    110 {[6-hydroxy-8- (3-trifluoromethyl phenyl)[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-5- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00246
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.29 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.82 (t, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.91 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 381 379
    Hz), 8.70 (s,
    1H), 8.78 (s,
    1H), 10.54 (t,
    1H, J = 5.5
    Hz), 13.36 (br s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 22
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    111 [(7-hydroxy- 3,6- diphenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00247
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.09 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.36-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.57- 7.66 (m, 5H), 7.90 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 8.00 (s, 1H), 10.56 (t, 1H, J = 5.3 Hz), 12.61 (s, 1H), 13.95 (s, 1H). 389 387
    112 [(7-hydroxy-3- methyl-6- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00248
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.62 (s, 3H), 4.05 (d, 2H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.39-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 8.21 (s, 1H), 10.54 (t, 1H, J = 5.3 Hz), 12.58 (s, 1H), 13.44 (s, 1H). 327 325
    113 [(7-hydroxy-3- phenyl[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00249
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.06- 4.24 (m, 2H), 6.47-6.74 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.78- 7.89 (m, 2H), 313 311
    7.99-8.42 (m,
    1H), 9.99-10.43
    (m, 1H).
    114 [(7-hydroxy-3- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00250
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.08 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.28 (t, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.05 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.46 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 341 339
    Hz), 7.16-7.25
    (m, 1H), 7.26-
    7.32 (m, 4H),
    8.19 (d, 1H, J =
    7.3 Hz),
    10.33 (br s,
    1H), 13.52 (br s,
    1H).
    115 {[3-(2-cyclo- hexylethyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid hydrochloride
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00251
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.90- 0.98 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.22 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.62- 1.67 (m, 5H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 2H), 2.96 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 347 345
    Hz), 4.04 (d,
    2H, J = 5.2
    Hz), 6.52 (d,
    1H, J = 7.7
    Hz), 8.21 (d,
    1H, J = 7.7
    Hz), 10.28 (br s,
    1H).
  • TABLE 23
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    116 [(7-hydroxy-5- phenethyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00252
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 3.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.40 (t, 3H, J = 7.9 Hz), 4.22 (d, 2H, J = 5.2 Hz), 6.79 (s, 1H), 7.21- 7.29 (m, 5H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.84 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 341 339
    12.97 (s, 1H),
    14.22 (s, 1H).
    117 [(5-butyl-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00253
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.33-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.20 (d, 293 291
    2H, J = 5.2 Hz),
    6.85 (s, 1H), 8.55
    (s, 1H), 9.84 (br s,
    1H), 14.26 (br s,
    1H).
    118 {[5-(3-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00254
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.25 (d, 2H, J = 5.1 Hz), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.23 (d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.98 (s, 1H), 13.01 (s, 1H), 14.41 (s, 1H). 399 397
    119 [(7-hydroxy-5- pentyl[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl)amino] acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00255
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.88 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.28-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.73-1.83 (m, 2H), 3.09 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.21 (d, 307 305
    2H, J = 5.5 Hz),
    6.85 (s, 1H), 8.54
    (s, 1H), 9.84 (t,
    1H, J = 5.5 Hz),
    12.94 (s, 1H),
    14.25 (s, 1H).
  • TABLE 24
    Ex. MS MS
    No. compound name structural formula 1H-NMR, δ ppm (M + H) (M − H)
    120 {[5-(3-chloro- phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00256
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.58- 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H), 14.38 (s, 1H). 347 345
    121 {[5-(4-fluoro-3- trifluoromethyl phenyl)-7- hydroxy[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00257
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 4.24 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.77 (1H, dd, J = 10.5, 9.3 Hz), 8.36-8.40 (1H, m), 8.47 (1H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 8.60 (1H, s), 9.97 (1H, br s), 14.38 399 397
    (1H, br s).
    122 {[5-(3- cyclopropyl-5- fluorophenyl)- 7-hydroxy [1,2,4] triazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-8- carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
    Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00258
    1H-NMR (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) δ: 0.81-0.87 (m, 2H), 1.00-1.07 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.10 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.13-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.99 (s, 1H), 14.36 (s, 1H). 371 369
  • Examples of the Formulation Example of the present invention include the following formulations. However, the present invention is not limited by such Formulation Examples.
  • Formulation Example 1 Production of Capsule
  • 1) compound of Example 1 30 mg
    2) microcrystalline cellulose 10 mg
    3) lactose 19 mg
    4) magnesium stearate  1 mg
  • 1), 2), 3) and 4) are mixed and filled in a gelatin capsule
  • Formulation Example 2 Production of Tablet
  • 1) compound of Example 1 10 g
    2) lactose 50 g
    3) cornstarch 15 g
    4) carmellose calcium 44 g
    5) magnesium stearate  1 g
  • The total amount of 1), 2), 3) and 30 g of 4) are kneaded with water, vacuum dried and sieved. The sieved powder is mixed with 14 g of 4) and 1 g of 5), and the mixture is tableted by a tableting machine. In this way, 1000 tablets containing 10 mg of the compound of Example 1 per tablet are obtained.
  • Next, the evaluation methods of the human PHD inhibitory activity and human EPO production-inducing activity of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof are explained.
  • Experimental Example 1 Measurement of Human PHD Inhibitory Activity i) Expression and Purification of Human PHD2
  • Human PHD2 was expressed in insect cell (Sf9 cell). FLAG-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human PHD2-registered sequence (NM_022051), and the sequence was introduced into a pVL1393 vector, and the sequence was confirmed. The vector and baculovirus were cotransfected into Sf9, and human PHD2 expression baculovirus was isolated in Sf9. By using the virus, human PHD2-expressed cell was prepared. After the cell was cultured at 27° C. for 72 hr, cell lysing solution containing various protease inhibitors was added, and the cell was disrupted by sonication. The cell lysate was flowed into a column filled with ANTI-FLAG M2 Affinity Gel Freezer Safe (SIGMA), washed, and the N-terminal FLAG-tag-added human PHD2 was eluted and collected. The purification product was confirmed to be human PHD2 enzyme by Western-Blotting using an anti-FLAG antibody and an anti-PHD2 antibody.
  • ii) Expression and Purification of VBC Complex
  • VBC complex (VHL/Elongin B/Elongin C) was expressed in Escherichia coli (BL21(DE3)). GST-fusion was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human VHL-registered sequence (NM_000551). FLAG-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human Elongin B-registered sequence (NM_207013), and the sequences were introduced into a pETDuet-1 vector, and the sequences were confirmed. His-tag was inserted into the N-terminal in the translational region of human Elongin C-registered sequence (NM_005648), and the sequence was introduced into a pRSFDuet-1 vector, and the sequence was confirmed. After these expression vectors were transfected into Escherichia coli (BL21(DE3)), Escherichia coli was cultured at 37° C. in the medium containing IPTG. The collected Escherichia coli was disrupted by sonication and flowed into a column filled with Ni-NTA superflow (QIAGEN), washed, and the product was eluted and collected. The eluate was flowed into a column filled with Glutathione Sepharose 4B, washed, and the product was eluted and collected. The purification product was confirmed to be human VHL•human Elongin B and human Elongin C by Western-Blotting using an anti-GST antibody•an anti-FLAG antibody and an anti-His antibody.
  • iii) Binding Activity of VBC Complex
  • The binding activity of the VBC complex obtained in the aforementioned ii) to 19 residues of Biotin-labeled partial peptide (HIF-1α-C19) based on the sequence of HIF-1α or Biotin-labeled partial peptide (HIF-1α-C19 (Hyp)) wherein proline residue in said sequence is hydroxylated was measured on streptavidin Coated Plate. For detection, ELISA using an anti-GST antibody was performed, and binding of VBC complex only to hydroxylated HIF-1α partial peptide was confirmed.
  • iv) Measurement of Human PHD Inhibitory Activity
  • As for human PHD2 enzyme activity, hydroxylation of proline residue contained in the 19 residues of the partial peptide based on the sequence of HIF-1α as a substrate was measured by TR-FRET (Time-Resolved Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer) method.
  • The enzyme and substrate were each diluted with 50 mM tris-hydrochloride buffer (pH 7.5) containing 50 μM iron sulfate, 120 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM ascorbic acid, 10 μM 2-oxoglutaric acid, 0.2 mM CHAPS, and the test compound was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • A test compound and a substrate solution were added to a 96-well plate. The reaction was started by addition of a human PHD2 enzyme solution (final concentration 1 nM) to the reaction system. After incubation at 25° C. for 30 min, a stop solution containing EDTA was added, and a VBC complex solution containing europium (Eu) and Xlent was added, and the amount of hydroxylated proline residue was quantified by time-resolved fluorescence spectroscopy. The time-resolved fluorescence in each well was measured, and the human PHD inhibitory activity (%) of the test compound was calculated based on the values of enzyme non-addition well and test compound non-addition well. The human PHD inhibitory activity of each compound is shown by IC50 (μM) or as human PHD inhibitory activity (%) at 30 μM in the following Tables 25 to 29. In these Tables, the values consisting solely of numbers show IC50 (μM) and those containing % show human PHD inhibitory activity (%) at 30 μm.
  • TABLE 25
    Ex. IC50 (μM) or inhibitory activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    1 0.42
    2 0.22
    3 0.45
    4 7.15
    5 1.17
    6 0.87
    7 1.59
    8 0.49
    9 1.57
    10 1.33
    11 0.29
    12 0.82
    13 1.31
    14 0.23
    15 1.80
    16 0.32
    17 0.29
    18 0.48
    19 0.26
    20 0.59
    21 0.25
    22 0.21
    23 0.19
    24 0.57
    25 0.25
    26 0.33
    27 0.74
    28 1.38
    29 0.92
  • TABLE 26
    Ex. IC50 (μM) or inhibitory activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    30 0.98
    31 0.80
    32 0.38
    33 0.46
    34 0.43
    35 0.88
    36 0.72
    37 0.20
    38 0.59
    39 1.25
    40 0.87
    41 0.26
    42 0.24
    43 0.93
    44 0.20
    45 0.92
    46 0.29
    47 0.56
    48 0.59
    49 0.24
    50 0.18
    51 0.26
    52 0.89
    53 0.50
    54 0.44
    55 0.23
    56 0.19
    57 0.20
    58 0.55
  • TABLE 27
    Ex. IC50 (μM) or inhibitory activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    59 0.26
    60 0.74
    61 0.22
    62 0.28
    63 0.36
    64 6.88
    65 0.72
    66 1.50
    67 0.90
    68 5.94
    69 1.62
    70 38%
    71 2.47
    72 0.40
    73 7.09
    74 0.85
    75 0.21
    76 0.22
    77 0.24
    78 0.15
    79 0.23
    80 0.71
    81 6.09
    82 0.15
    83 0.19
    84 0.11
    85 0.16
    86 0.83
    87 0.37
  • TABLE 28
    Ex. IC50 (μM) or inhibitory activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    88 0.16
    89 0.12
    90 0.29
    91 1.53
    92 0.69
    93 0.51
    94 0.11
    95 0.12
    96 0.29
    97 0.13
    98 1.13
    99 0.87
    100 0.82
    101 0.37
    102 0.51
    103 0.18
    104 0.19
    105 0.10
    106 0.23
    107 0.65
    108 0.16
    109 0.17
    110 0.15
    111 1.10
    112 3.09
    113 0.56
    114 1.20
    115 1.80
  • TABLE 29
    Ex. IC50 (μM) or inhibitory activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    116 0.18
    117 0.39
    118 0.64
    119 0.64
    120 0.12
    121 0.33
    122 0.96
  • Experimental Example 2 Human EPO Production Activity
  • The activity of the test compound on human EPO production was measured using Hep3B (AMC) established from human liver-derived cell line.
  • Hep3B cells were cultured in Eagle-MEM medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, and the test compound was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • Hep3B cells were cultured in a 96-well plate, and a test compound was added at each concentration 24 hr later. After incubation at 37° C. for 24 hr, the culture supernatant was collected. The concentration of human EPO produced in the culture supernatant was measured using a human EPO-ELISA kit (manufactured by StemCell Technologies, 01630) according to the manufacturer's explanation, and the human EPO production activity (%) of the test compound was calculated based on the maximum value of production under the above conditions and the value without addition of the test compound. The human EPO production activity of each compound is shown by EC50 (μM) or as human EPO production activity (%) at 30 μM in the following Tables 30 to 34. In these Tables, the values consisting solely of numbers show EC50 (μM) and those containing % show human EPO production activity (%) at 30 μm.
  • TABLE 30
    Ex. EC50 (μM) or production activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    1 9.9
    2 10.9
    3 12.4
    4 38% 
    5 11.5
    6 20.8
    7 18.4
    8 13.4
    9 1%
    10 0%
    11 1%
    12 5%
    13 1%
    14 5.1
    15 29.1
    16 7.0
    17 8.8
    18 6.1
    19 6.6
    20 6.6
    21 12.0
    22 13.7
    23 7.8
    24 5.4
    25 14.1
    26 7.5
    27 7.7
    28 13.9
    29 11.3
  • TABLE 31
    Ex. EC50 (μM) or production activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    30 15.4
    31 12.1
    32 15.6
    33 10.1
    34 15.0
    35 43%
    36 10.5
    37 11%
    38 8.7
    39 22.3
    40 17.7
    41 9.1
    42 14.2
    43 23.6
    44 10.4
    45 9.9
    46 4.8
    47 12.0
    48 4.5
    49 11.7
    50 5.6
    51 9.1
    52 10.4
    53 8.9
    54 4.5
    55 8.9
    56 8.4
    57 4.7
    58 4.7
  • TABLE 32
    Ex. EC50 (μM) or production activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    59 49%
    60 8.4
    61 28.8
    62 10.1
    63 19.7
    64  0%
    65 49%
    66 21.1
    67 14.3
    68  0%
    69 12.0
    70  1%
    71 15.8
    72 4.0
    73 34%
    74 8.3
    75 23.7
    76 18.0
    77 18.7
    78 6.6
    79 7.8
    80 23.3
    81 33%
    82 5.4
    83 20.7
    84 11.0
    85 20.6
    86  6%
    87 18.5
  • TABLE 33
    Ex. EC50 (μM) or production activity
    No. (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    88 14% 
    89 4.2
    90 16.6
    91 43% 
    92 18.5
    93 16.0
    94 9.7
    95 4.3
    96 5.9
    97 3.5
    98 25.6
    99 20.2
    100 18.0
    101 6%
    102 16.0
    103 6.9
    104 6.3
    105 5.9
    106 6.0
    107 4%
    108 8.9
    109 13.7
    110 6.5
    111 0%
    112 0%
    113 0%
    114 0%
    115 0%
  • TABLE 34
    EC50 (μM) or production
    Ex. No. activity (%) at 30 μM in vitro
    116 5.6
    117 7.7
  • As is clear from the above-mentioned results, the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof has a human PHD inhibitory activity and a human EPO production activity.
  • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
  • The compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof inhibits binding of HIF and PHD based on its PHD inhibitory activity and stabilizes HIF, which enables promotion of EPO production.
  • Hence, the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof can be a medicament effective for the prophylaxis or treatment of various diseases and pathologies (disorders) caused by decreased production of EPO, and can be effectively used for the treatment of anemia.

Claims (23)

1. A compound represented by the following formula [I], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00259
wherein
the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00260
is a group represented by any of the following formulas:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00261
R1 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a C6-14 aryl group,
(4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
(5) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
(6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
R2 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
(3) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
(4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
(5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
(6) a heteroaryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B (wherein the heteroaryl has, besides carbon atom, 1 to 6 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen atom, oxygen atom and sulfur atom),
(7) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B), or
(8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B);
R3 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a halogen atom,
(3) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a C6-14 aryl group,
(5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
(6) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group; and
R4 and R5 are each independently
(1) a hydrogen atom, or
(2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
group B:
(a) a halogen atom,
(b) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(c) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
(d) a cyano group, and
(e) a halo-C1-6 alkyl group.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00262
is a group represented by the following formula
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00263
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00264
is a group represented by the following formula
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00265
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
4. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00266
is a group represented by the following formula
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00267
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
5. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00268
is a group represented by the following formula
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00269
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
6. The compound according to claim 1, wherein both R4 and R5 are hydrogen atoms, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
7. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R2 is
(1) a C1-10 alkyl group,
(2) a C6-14 aryl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B,
(3) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or
(4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
10. The compound according to claim 2, wherein both R4 and R5 are hydrogen atoms, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
11. The compound according to claim 10, wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
12. The compound according to claim 11, wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
13. The compound according to claim 12, wherein R2 is
(1) a C1-10 alkyl group, or
(2) a C6-14 aryl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein C6-14 aryl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the above-mentioned group B),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof.
14. A compound represented by the following formula [I-1] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00270
wherein the partial structural formula:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00271
is a group represented by:
Figure US20160145254A1-20160526-C00272
R11 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a phenyl group,
(4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
(5) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group, or
(6) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
R21 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a C1-10 alkyl group,
(3) a phenyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
(4) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
(5) a C3-8 cycloalkenyl group,
(6) a thienyl group optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B,
(7) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group (wherein phenyl is optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group B), or
(8) a C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-6 alkyl group;
R31 is
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a halogen atom,
(3) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a phenyl group,
(5) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group, or
(6) a phenyl-C1-6 alkyl group; and
R41 and R51 are each independently
(1) a hydrogen atom, or
(2) a C1-6 alkyl group
group B:
(a) a halogen atom,
(b) a C1-6 alkyl group,
(c) a C3-8 cycloalkyl group,
(d) a cyano group, and
(e) a halo-C1-6 alkyl group.
15.-25. (canceled)
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
27.-34. (canceled)
35. A method of inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
36. A method of inducing erythropoietin production, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
37. A method of treating anemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
38. A method of treating renal anemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof to a mammal.
39. A commercial package comprising the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 26 and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
40. A kit comprising the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 26 and a written matter associated therewith, the written matter stating that the pharmaceutical composition can or should be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from anemia and renal anemia.
US14/749,966 2009-07-17 2015-06-25 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent Abandoned US20160145254A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/749,966 US20160145254A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2015-06-25 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US16/560,156 US20200017492A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2019-09-04 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009-169565 2009-07-17
JP2009169565 2009-07-17
US27312709P 2009-07-30 2009-07-30
US12/837,679 US8283465B2 (en) 2009-07-17 2010-07-16 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US13/605,329 US20130096155A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2012-09-06 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US14/749,966 US20160145254A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2015-06-25 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/605,329 Division US20130096155A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2012-09-06 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/560,156 Continuation-In-Part US20200017492A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2019-09-04 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160145254A1 true US20160145254A1 (en) 2016-05-26

Family

ID=43449466

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/837,679 Active 2030-12-03 US8283465B2 (en) 2009-07-17 2010-07-16 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US13/605,329 Abandoned US20130096155A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2012-09-06 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US14/749,966 Abandoned US20160145254A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2015-06-25 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/837,679 Active 2030-12-03 US8283465B2 (en) 2009-07-17 2010-07-16 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US13/605,329 Abandoned US20130096155A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2012-09-06 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Country Status (29)

Country Link
US (3) US8283465B2 (en)
EP (3) EP3594213A1 (en)
JP (9) JP5021797B2 (en)
KR (4) KR101850661B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102471337B (en)
AR (1) AR077417A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2010271732B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112012001157A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2768505C (en)
CO (1) CO6430426A2 (en)
DK (1) DK2455381T5 (en)
ES (1) ES2477968T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1168346A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20140705T1 (en)
IL (1) IL217541A (en)
ME (1) ME01858B (en)
MX (1) MX2012000766A (en)
MY (1) MY160814A (en)
NZ (1) NZ598242A (en)
PE (1) PE20120629A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2455381T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2455381E (en)
RS (1) RS53499B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2538963C2 (en)
SG (1) SG178049A1 (en)
SI (1) SI2455381T1 (en)
SM (1) SMT201500122B (en)
TW (1) TWI485150B (en)
WO (1) WO2011007856A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021216530A1 (en) 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of viral infections, of organ injury, and of related conditions using a hif prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or a hif-alpha stabilizer
WO2022150623A1 (en) 2021-01-08 2022-07-14 Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds and composition for the treatment of anemia
WO2022251563A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2022-12-01 Keryx Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Pediatric formulations of ferric citrate

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102471337B (en) * 2009-07-17 2014-12-10 日本烟草产业株式会社 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
JP2011168582A (en) * 2010-01-21 2011-09-01 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Ltd Triazolopyridine derivative or salt thereof, process for production of the same, and noxious organism control agent comprising the same
WO2012065297A1 (en) * 2010-11-16 2012-05-24 Impact Therapeutics, Inc. 3-ARYL-6-ARYL-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRIDINES AS INHIBITORS OF CELL PROLIFERATION AND THE USE THEREOF
CA2896437C (en) 2012-11-26 2021-01-19 Takaaki Abe Erythropoietin expression promoter
AP2015008502A0 (en) 2012-12-24 2015-06-30 Cadila Healthcare Ltd Novel quinolone derivatives
JP2016521747A (en) 2013-06-13 2016-07-25 アケビア セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッドAkebia Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of anemia
RU2534804C1 (en) * 2013-08-05 2014-12-10 Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Ньювак" (Ооо "Ньювак") SUBSTITUTED [1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRIDINES, DEMONSTRATING PROPERTIES OF ANTAGONISTS OF ADENOSINE A2A RECEPTORS, AND THEIR APPLICATION
PL3052096T3 (en) * 2013-10-03 2018-07-31 Kura Oncology Inc Inhibitors of erk and methods of use
EP3190104B1 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-10-27 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Quinolinone compound and use thereof
JP2018039733A (en) * 2014-12-22 2018-03-15 株式会社富士薬品 Novel heterocyclic derivative
GB201504565D0 (en) * 2015-03-18 2015-05-06 Takeda Pharmaceutical Novel compounds
CN106146395B (en) * 2015-03-27 2019-01-01 沈阳三生制药有限责任公司 3- hydroxypyridine compound, preparation method and its pharmaceutical applications
JP6814134B2 (en) * 2015-05-28 2021-01-13 日本たばこ産業株式会社 How to treat or prevent diabetic nephropathy
CN110214139B (en) * 2016-11-25 2022-08-23 日本烟草产业株式会社 Process for producing triazolopyridine compound
CN113004271A (en) 2017-05-09 2021-06-22 杭州安道药业有限公司 Indolizine derivative and application thereof in medicine
US10752596B2 (en) * 2017-10-04 2020-08-25 Japan Tobacco Inc. Nitrogen-containing heteroaryl compound and pharmaceutical use thereof
CN107739378A (en) * 2017-11-14 2018-02-27 杭州安道药业有限公司 Indole derivative and its application in medicine
TWI814903B (en) * 2018-09-13 2023-09-11 日商橘生藥品工業股份有限公司 Imidazopyridinone compound
CN110105355B (en) * 2019-05-24 2021-09-21 烟台大学 Preparation method of 1,2, 3-triazole- [1,5-a ] quinoline compound
WO2021182490A1 (en) * 2020-03-11 2021-09-16 キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 Crystal of imidazopyridinone compound or salt thereof
JP7504822B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2024-06-24 キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 Pharmaceutical Compositions Containing Imidazopyridinone Compounds
CN113387948B (en) * 2021-02-06 2022-06-10 成都诺和晟泰生物科技有限公司 Fused ring heteroaryl derivative, pharmaceutical composition, treatment method and application thereof
CN113582843A (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-11-02 无锡捷化医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 5-chloro-2-fluoro-3-hydroxybenzoic acid ethyl ester
CN116496269A (en) * 2021-12-02 2023-07-28 苏中药业集团股份有限公司 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor and application thereof
CN114031619A (en) * 2021-12-17 2022-02-11 山东汇海医药化工有限公司 Preparation method of intermediate of Tecatinib
WO2024061172A1 (en) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 苏中药业集团股份有限公司 Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor and use thereof

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19746287A1 (en) * 1997-10-20 1999-04-22 Hoechst Marion Roussel De Gmbh Substituted isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid amides, their preparation and their use as medicaments
US6355653B1 (en) * 1999-09-06 2002-03-12 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Amino-triazolopyridine derivatives
US6514989B1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-04 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Aromatic and heteroaromatic substituted 1,2,4-triazolo pyridine derivatives
CN1564686A (en) * 2001-10-08 2005-01-12 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 8-amino- [1,2,4]triazolo [1,5-a]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid amide
US7544699B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2009-06-09 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Aryl and heteroaryl compounds, compositions, and methods of use
MX2007001431A (en) * 2004-08-05 2007-04-02 Hoffmann La Roche Indole, indazole or indoline derivatives.
FR2889383A1 (en) * 2005-08-01 2007-02-02 France Telecom Space division multiplexed signal reception method for e.g. multiple input multiple output system, involves extracting in frequential domain signal for signals emitted by emission antennas from signals received on various reception antennas
TW200808793A (en) 2006-03-07 2008-02-16 Smithkline Beecham Corp Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2007136990A2 (en) * 2006-05-16 2007-11-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
JO2934B1 (en) 2006-06-23 2015-09-15 سميث كلاين بيتشام كوربوريشن Prolyl Hydroxylase Inhibitors
PL3026044T3 (en) * 2006-06-26 2019-04-30 Akebia Therapeutics Inc Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors and methods of use
WO2008006540A1 (en) 2006-07-12 2008-01-17 Syngenta Participations Ag Triazolopyridine derivatives as herbicides
CL2008000066A1 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-08-01 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM (5-HYDROXY-3-OXO-2,3-DIHYDROPIRIDAZINE-4-CARBONYL) GLYCINE, HIFROXYLASE HYDROXYLASE HIF INHIBITORS; PREPARATION PROCEDURE; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUNDS; AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF THE ANEM
WO2008130600A2 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-30 Amgen Inc. Quinolones and azaquinolones that inhibit prolyl hydroxylase
US8097620B2 (en) 2007-05-04 2012-01-17 Amgen Inc. Diazaquinolones that inhibit prolyl hydroxylase activity
JP5408434B2 (en) 2007-07-03 2014-02-05 アステラス製薬株式会社 Amide compounds
AU2008331480A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-11 Glaxosmithkline Llc Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009070644A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
WO2009126624A1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-10-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Triazolo compounds useful as dgat1 inhibitors
JP2011519858A (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-07-14 グラクソスミスクライン・リミテッド・ライアビリティ・カンパニー Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor
EP2297144A1 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-03-23 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazopyridine and related analogs as sirtuin modulators
PL2379548T3 (en) 2008-12-19 2016-08-31 Leo Pharma As Triazolopyridines as phosphodiesterase inhibitors for treatment of dermal diseases
CN102471337B (en) * 2009-07-17 2014-12-10 日本烟草产业株式会社 Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021216530A1 (en) 2020-04-20 2021-10-28 Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of viral infections, of organ injury, and of related conditions using a hif prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or a hif-alpha stabilizer
WO2022150623A1 (en) 2021-01-08 2022-07-14 Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds and composition for the treatment of anemia
WO2022251563A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2022-12-01 Keryx Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Pediatric formulations of ferric citrate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2455381B9 (en) 2014-10-22
IL217541A (en) 2014-07-31
EP3594213A1 (en) 2020-01-15
RU2012105467A (en) 2013-08-27
KR20120051704A (en) 2012-05-22
US20110077267A1 (en) 2011-03-31
RS53499B1 (en) 2015-02-27
TWI485150B (en) 2015-05-21
EP2455381A4 (en) 2012-12-12
PE20120629A1 (en) 2012-05-30
JP2024091878A (en) 2024-07-05
SI2455381T1 (en) 2014-08-29
KR20170018105A (en) 2017-02-15
CA2768505A1 (en) 2011-01-20
JP2016040321A (en) 2016-03-24
JP2015003933A (en) 2015-01-08
SG178049A1 (en) 2012-03-29
HRP20140705T1 (en) 2014-09-12
ES2477968T3 (en) 2014-07-18
IL217541A0 (en) 2012-02-29
JP5021797B2 (en) 2012-09-12
CO6430426A2 (en) 2012-04-30
JP2019019144A (en) 2019-02-07
MX2012000766A (en) 2012-02-08
MY160814A (en) 2017-03-31
BR112012001157A2 (en) 2016-02-23
PT2455381E (en) 2014-06-24
KR101850661B1 (en) 2018-04-19
EP2455381A1 (en) 2012-05-23
PL2455381T3 (en) 2014-10-31
ME01858B (en) 2014-12-20
JP2012144571A (en) 2012-08-02
JP2017214404A (en) 2017-12-07
EP2746282A1 (en) 2014-06-25
KR20230165366A (en) 2023-12-05
AR077417A1 (en) 2011-08-24
KR20180042443A (en) 2018-04-25
SMT201500122B (en) 2015-07-09
NZ598242A (en) 2013-09-27
AU2010271732A1 (en) 2012-03-08
JP2011037841A (en) 2011-02-24
JP2022126843A (en) 2022-08-30
AU2010271732B2 (en) 2016-08-25
DK2455381T3 (en) 2014-07-21
KR101706803B1 (en) 2017-02-14
EP2455381B1 (en) 2014-05-28
JP2020111612A (en) 2020-07-27
ES2477968T9 (en) 2014-11-13
CA2768505C (en) 2018-06-12
WO2011007856A1 (en) 2011-01-20
US8283465B2 (en) 2012-10-09
RU2538963C2 (en) 2015-01-10
CN102471337B (en) 2014-12-10
HK1168346A1 (en) 2012-12-28
TW201105671A (en) 2011-02-16
JP6434575B2 (en) 2018-12-05
US20130096155A1 (en) 2013-04-18
CN102471337A (en) 2012-05-23
DK2455381T5 (en) 2015-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8283465B2 (en) Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US20200017492A1 (en) Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor or erythropoietin production-inducing agent
US8481534B2 (en) 5- and 6-membered heterocyclic compounds
US20220356180A1 (en) Amide-substituted heterocyclic compounds useful as modulators of il-12, il-23 and/or ifn alpha responses
US10562898B2 (en) Substituted benzenesulfonamides as inhibitors of alpha-4 beta-7 integrin activity
US20100056563A1 (en) Novel 1.8-naphthyridine compounds
US9271969B2 (en) Compounds as inhibitors of diacylglycerol O-acyltransferase type 1 enzyme
KR20190117807A (en) Triazolopyridine compound, and action thereof as prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor and erythropoietin production inducer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: JAPAN TOBACCO INC., JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MITANI, IKUO;OGOSHI, YOSUKE;MATSUI, TAKUYA;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:040867/0942

Effective date: 20101119

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: EXAMINER'S ANSWER TO APPEAL BRIEF MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: ON APPEAL -- AWAITING DECISION BY THE BOARD OF APPEALS

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION RENDERED

AS Assignment

Owner name: JAPAN TOBACCO INC., JAPAN

Free format text: CHANGE OF ADDRESS;ASSIGNOR:JAPAN TOBACCO INC.;REEL/FRAME:056797/0633

Effective date: 20210304

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION